CBSH 12.31.2011 10K
Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011 — Commission File No. 0-2989

COMMERCE BANCSHARES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Missouri
 
43-0889454
(State of Incorporation)
 
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
1000 Walnut,

 
 
Kansas City, MO

 
64106
(Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
(816) 234-2000
 
 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
 
 
TItle of class
 
Name of exchange on which registered
$5 Par Value Common Stock
 
NASDAQ Global Select Market
 
 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by checkmark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer þ    
Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o
Smaller reporting company o
 
 
 (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
As of June 30, 2011, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $3,322,000,000.
As of February 6, 2012, there were 88,963,091 shares of Registrant’s $5 Par Value Common Stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2012 annual meeting of shareholders, which will be filed within 120 days of December 31, 2011, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.
 


Table of Contents

Commerce Bancshares, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INDEX
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



2

Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1.
BUSINESS
General
Commerce Bancshares, Inc., a bank holding company as defined in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, was incorporated under the laws of Missouri on August 4, 1966. Through a second tier wholly-owned bank holding company, it owns all of the outstanding capital stock of Commerce Bank (the “Bank”), which is headquartered in Missouri. The Bank engages in general banking business, providing a broad range of retail, corporate, investment, trust, and asset management products and services to individuals and businesses. Commerce Bancshares, Inc. also owns, directly or through the Bank, various non-banking subsidiaries. Their activities include underwriting credit life and credit accident and health insurance, selling property and casualty insurance (relating to consumer loans made by the Bank), private equity investment, securities brokerage, mortgage banking, and leasing activities. A list of Commerce Bancshares, Inc. subsidiaries is included as Exhibit 21.

In June 2011, the Bank, which formerly was a national banking association, became a state chartered Federal Reserve member bank. The Bank’s main regulator was changed from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency to supervision by both the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City and the Missouri Division of Finance. The Bank’s deposits continue to be fully insured by the FDIC in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.

Commerce Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries, (collectively, the "Company") is one of the nation’s top 50 bank holding companies, based on asset size. At December 31, 2011, the Company had consolidated assets of $20.6 billion, loans of $9.2 billion, deposits of $16.8 billion, and equity of $2.2 billion. All of the Company’s operations conducted by its subsidiaries are consolidated for purposes of preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company does not utilize unconsolidated subsidiaries or special purpose entities to provide off-balance sheet borrowings or securitizations.

The Company’s goal is to be the preferred provider of targeted financial services in its communities, based on strong customer relationships. It believes in building long-term relationships based on top quality service, a strong risk management culture, and a strong balance sheet with industry-leading capital levels. The Company operates under a super-community banking format which incoporates large bank product offerings coupled with deep local market knowledge, augmented by experienced, centralized support in select critical areas. The Company’s focus on local markets is supported by the experienced team of managers assigned to each market and is also reflected in its financial centers and regional advisory boards, which are comprised of local business persons, professionals and other community representatives, who assist the Company in responding to local banking needs. In addition to this local market, community-based focus, the Company offers sophisticated financial products available at much larger financial institutions.

The Company's banking facilities are located throughout Missouri, Kansas, and central Illinois, as well as Tulsa, Oklahoma and Denver, Colorado. Its two largest markets include St. Louis and Kansas City, which serve as the central hubs for the entire company.

The markets the Bank serves, being located in the lower Midwest, provide natural sites for production and distribution facilities and also serve as transportation hubs. The economy has been well-diversified in these markets with many major industries represented, including telecommunications, automobile, aircraft and general manufacturing, health care, numerous service industries, food production, and agricultural production and related industries. In addition, several of the Illinois markets are located in areas with some of the most productive farmland in the world. The real estate lending operations of the Bank are centered in its lower Midwestern markets. Historically, these markets have generally tended to be less volatile than in other parts of the country. While the decline in the national real estate market resulted in significantly higher real estate loan losses during 2009, 2010 and 2011 for the banking industry, management believes the diversity and nature of the Bank’s markets has resulted in lower real estate loan losses in these markets and is a key factor in the Bank’s relatively lower loan loss levels.

From time to time, the Company evaluates the potential acquisition of various financial institutions. In addition, the Company regularly considers the potential disposition of certain of its assets and branches. The Company seeks merger or acquisition partners that are culturally similar, have experienced management and possess either significant market presence or have potential for improved profitability through financial management, economies of scale and expanded services. The Company has not transacted any significant acquisitions or sales during the past several years.

Operating Segments
The Company is managed in three operating segments. The Consumer segment includes the retail branch network, consumer installment lending, personal mortgage banking, consumer debit and credit bank card activities. It provides services through a network of 201 full-service branches, a widespread ATM network of 405 machines, and the use of alternative delivery channels

3

Table of Contents

such as extensive online banking and telephone banking services. In 2011, this retail segment contributed 27% of total segment pre-tax income. The Commercial segment provides a full array of corporate lending, merchant and commercial bank card products, leasing, and international services, as well as business and government deposit and cash management services. Fixed income investments are sold to individuals and institutional investors through the Capital Markets Group, which is also included in this segment. In 2011, the Commercial segment contributed 58% of total segment pre-tax income. The Wealth segment provides traditional trust and estate tax planning services, brokerage services, and advisory and discretionary investment portfolio management services to both personal and institutional corporate customers. This segment also manages the Company’s family of proprietary mutual funds, which are available for sale to both trust and general retail customers. At December 31, 2011, the Wealth segment managed investments with a market value of $14.9 billion and administered an additional $12.4 billion in non-managed assets. Additional information relating to operating segments can be found on pages 47 and 89.

Supervision and Regulation
General
The Company, as a bank holding company, is primarily regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (BHC Act). Under the BHC Act, the Federal Reserve Board’s prior approval is required in any case in which the Company proposes to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank, or merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company. With certain exceptions, the BHC Act also prohibits the Company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting shares of any non-banking company. Under the BHC Act, the Company may not engage in any business other than managing and controlling banks or furnishing certain specified services to subsidiaries and may not acquire voting control of non-banking companies unless the Federal Reserve Board determines such businesses and services to be closely related to banking. When reviewing bank acquisition applications for approval, the Federal Reserve Board considers, among other things, the Bank’s record in meeting the credit needs of the communities it serves in accordance with the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, as amended (CRA). The Bank has a current CRA rating of “outstanding”.

The Company is required to file with the Federal Reserve Board various reports and additional information the Federal Reserve Board may require. The Federal Reserve Board also makes regular examinations of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company’s banking subsidiary is a state chartered Federal Reserve member bank and is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City and the State of Missouri Division of Finance. The Bank is also subject to regulation by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). In addition, there are numerous other federal and state laws and regulations which control the activities of the Company and the Bank, including requirements and limitations relating to capital and reserve requirements, permissible investments and lines of business, transactions with affiliates, loan limits, mergers and acquisitions, issuance of securities, dividend payments, and extensions of credit. If the Company fails to comply with these or other applicable laws and regulations, it may be subject to civil monetary penalties, imposition of cease and desist orders or other written directives, removal of management and, in certain circumstances, criminal penalties. This regulatory framework is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the preservation of the federal deposit insurance funds, not for the protection of security holders. Statutory and regulatory controls increase a bank holding company’s cost of doing business and limit the options of its management to employ assets and maximize income.

In addition to its regulatory powers, the Federal Reserve Bank affects the conditions under which the Company operates by its influence over the national supply of bank credit. The Federal Reserve Board employs open market operations in U.S. government securities and oversees changes in the discount rate on bank borrowings, changes in the federal funds rate on overnight inter-bank borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements on bank deposits in implementing its monetary policy objectives. These methods are used in varying combinations to influence the overall level of the interest rates charged on loans and paid for deposits, the price of the dollar in foreign exchange markets, and the level of inflation. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve have a significant effect on the operating results of financial institutions, most notably on the interest rate environment. In view of changing conditions in the national economy and in the money markets, as well as the effect of credit policies of monetary and fiscal authorities, no prediction can be made as to possible future changes in interest rates, deposit levels or loan demand, or their effect on the financial statements of the Company.

Subsidiary Bank
Under Federal Reserve policy, the bank holding company, Commerce Bancshares, Inc. (the "Parent") is expected to act as a source of financial strength to its bank subsidiary and to commit resources to support it in circumstances when it might not otherwise do so. In addition, any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary banks. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

4

Table of Contents

Substantially all of the deposits of the Bank are insured up to the applicable limits by the Bank Insurance Fund of the FDIC, generally up to $250,000 per depositor, for each account ownership category. Through December 31, 2012, all non-interest bearing transaction accounts are fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the entire amount of the account. The Bank pays deposit insurance premiums to the FDIC based on an assessment rate established by the FDIC for Bank Insurance Fund member institutions. The FDIC has established a risk-based assessment system under which institutions are classified and pay premiums according to their perceived risk to the federal deposit insurance funds. In February 2011, under the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (discussed further below), the FDIC issued a final rule changing its assessment base from total domestic deposits to average total assets minus average tangible equity. The rule altered other adjustments in the current assessment system for heavy use of unsecured liabilities, secured liabilities and brokered deposits, and added an adjustment for holdings of unsecured bank debt. For banks with more than $10 billion in assets, the FDIC 's new rule changed the assessment rate, abandoning the previous method for determining premiums, which were based on bank supervisory ratings, debt issuer ratings and financial ratios. Instead, the new rule relies on a scorecard designed to measure financial performance and ability to withstand stress, in addition to measuring the FDIC’s exposure should the bank fail. The new rule was effective for quarters beginning April 1, 2011. Because the Company has maintained a strong balance sheet with solid amounts of capital and has not offered many of the complex financial products that were prevalent in the marketplace, the risk-based FDIC insurance assessments under the new methods were less than amounts calculated under the old assessment methods. Accordingly, the Company's FDIC insurance expense in 2011 was $13.1 million, a decrease of $6.1 million as compared to 2010.

Payment of Dividends
The Federal Reserve Board may prohibit the payment of cash dividends to shareholders by bank holding companies if their actions constitute unsafe or unsound practices. The principal source of the Parent's cash revenues is cash dividends paid by the Bank. The amount of dividends paid by the Bank in any calendar year is limited to the net profit of the current year combined with the retained net profits of the preceding two years, and permission must be obtained from the Federal Reserve Board for dividends exceeding these amounts. The payment of dividends by the Bank may also be affected by factors such as the maintenance of adequate capital.

Capital Adequacy
The Company is required to comply with the capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve. These capital adequacy guidelines generally require bank holding companies to maintain minimum total capital equal to 8% of total risk-adjusted assets and off-balance sheet items (the “Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio”), with at least one-half of that amount consisting of Tier I, or core capital, and the remaining amount consisting of Tier II, or supplementary capital. Tier I capital for bank holding companies generally consists of the sum of common shareholders’ equity, qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock and minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill and other non-qualifying intangible assets. Tier II capital generally consists of hybrid capital instruments, term subordinated debt and, subject to limitations, general allowances for loan losses. Assets are adjusted under the risk-based guidelines to take into account different risk characteristics.

In addition, the Federal Reserve also requires bank holding companies to comply with minimum leverage ratio requirements. The leverage ratio is the ratio of a banking organization’s Tier I capital to its total consolidated quarterly average assets (as defined for regulatory purposes), net of the allowance for loan losses, goodwill and certain other intangible assets. The minimum leverage ratio for bank holding companies is 4%. At December 31, 2011, the Company was “well-capitalized” under regulatory capital adequacy standards, as further discussed on page 93.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision ("the Basel Committee") presented to the public the Basel III rules text, which proposes new global regulatory standards on bank capital adequacy and liquidity. The Basel Committee continued to refine Basel III during 2011 and seeks to strengthen global capital and liquidity rules with the goal of promoting a more resilient banking sector.  The framework sets out tougher capital requirements, the introduction of a new leverage ratio calculation, higher requirements for minimum capital ratios, and higher risk-weightings for assets, as they relate to capital calculations.  Basel III also establishes two minimum standards for liquidity to promote short-term resilience, as well as resilience over a longer period of time through a stable maturity structure of assets and liabilities. 

Capital and liquidity standards consistent with Basel III will be formally implemented in the United States through a series of rulemakings. The U.S. bank agencies intend to issue a notice of proposed rulemaking during the first quarter of 2012 and a final rule later in the year that would implement the Basel III capital reforms. While it continues to evaluate the impact of this framework on its operations and reporting, the Company's capital ratios as of December 31, 2011 are well in excess of those minimum ratios proposed by both Basel III and the Federal Reserve.


5

Table of Contents

Legislation
The financial industry operates under laws and regulations that are under constant review by various agencies and legislatures and are subject to sweeping change. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999 (GLB Act) contained major changes in laws that previously kept the banking industry largely separate from the securities and insurance industries. The GLB Act authorized the creation of a new kind of financial institution, known as a “financial holding company”, and a new kind of bank subsidiary, called a “financial subsidiary”, which may engage in a broader range of investment banking, insurance agency, brokerage, and underwriting activities. The GLB Act also included privacy provisions that limit banks’ abilities to disclose non-public information about customers to non-affiliated entities. Banking organizations are not required to become financial holding companies, but instead may continue to operate as bank holding companies, providing the same services they were authorized to provide prior to the enactment of the GLB Act. The Company currently operates as a bank holding company.

The Company must also comply with the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act (BSA). The BSA is designed to help fight drug trafficking, money laundering, and other crimes. Compliance is monitored by the Federal Reserve. The BSA was enacted to prevent banks and other financial service providers from being used as intermediaries for, or to hide the transfer or deposit of money derived from, criminal activity. Since its passage, the BSA has been amended several times. These amendments include the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986 which made money laundering a criminal act, as well as the Money Laundering Suppression Act of 1994 which required regulators to develop enhanced examination procedures and increased examiner training to improve the identification of money laundering schemes in financial institutions.

In 2001, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act) was signed into law. The USA PATRIOT Act substantially broadened the scope of U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The U.S. Treasury Department issued a number of regulations implementing the USA PATRIOT Act that apply certain of its requirements to financial institutions such as the Company’s broker-dealer subsidiary. The regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing.

The Credit Card Accountability, Responsibility, and Disclosure Act of 2009 (the Credit CARD Act) was signed into law in May 2009. It is comprehensive credit card legislation that aims to establish fair and transparent practices relating to open end consumer credit plans. Included in the Credit CARD Act was an extension of payment periods (with no late fees) from 14 days to 21 days, the advance warning period for significant changes to credit card accounts was extended from 15 days to 45 days, and opt-out provisions were made available to customers. Additionally, the Credit CARD Act included provisions governing when rate increases can be applied on late accounts, requirements for clearer disclosures of terms before opening an account, and prohibitions on charging over-limit fees and double-cycle billing, as well as new rules related to interest rate reinstatements on formerly overdue accounts and gift card expiration dates and inactivity fees.

The Federal Reserve issued new regulations, effective July 1, 2010, which prohibited financial institutions from assessing fees for paying ATM and one-time debit card transactions that overdraw consumer accounts unless the consumer affirmatively consents to the financial institution’s overdraft practices. The Company implemented new procedures to solicit and capture required customer consents and, effective July 1, 2010, prohibited such ATM and one-time debit card transactions causing overdrafts, unless an opt-in consent has been received. As not all customers provided such consent, these new regulations resulted in lower deposit fee income for subsequent periods. For 2011, overdraft fees were $40.9 million, as compared to $51.1 million in 2010.

In March 2010, legislation was passed which expanded Pell Grants and Perkins Loan programs and required all colleges and universities to convert to direct lending programs with the U.S. government as of July 1, 2010.  Previously, colleges and universities had the choice of participating in either direct lending with the U.S. government or a program whereby loans were originated by banks but guaranteed by the U.S. government.  The Company terminated its guaranteed student loan origination business effective July 1, 2010 and sold most of its student loan portfolios in 2010.

In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act is sweeping legislation intended to overhaul regulation of the financial services industry.  Its goals are to establish a new council of “systemic risk” regulators, create a new consumer protection division within the Federal Reserve, empower the Federal Reserve to supervise the largest, most complex financial companies, allow the government to seize and liquidate failing financial companies, and give regulators new powers to oversee the derivatives market. The provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are so extensive that full implementation may require several years, and an assessment of its full effect on the Company is not possible at this time.



6

Table of Contents

In June 2011, the Federal Reserve, under the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, approved a final debit card interchange rule that significantly limits the amount of debit card interchange fees charged by banks. The new rule caps an issuer’s base fee at 21 cents per transaction and allows additional fees to help cover fraud losses. The new pricing is a reduction of approximately 45% when compared to previous market rates. The new rule also limits network exclusivity, requiring issuers to ensure that a debit card transaction can be carried on two unaffiliated networks: one signature-based and one PIN-based. The new rules apply to bank issuers with more than $10 billion in assets and take effect in phases, with the base fee cap effective October 1, 2011 and the network exclusivity rule effective on April 1, 2012. As a result of this rule, the Company's debit card revenues declined approximately $7.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 as compared to the third quarter of 2011.

The Dodd-Frank Act also established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) and authorizes it to supervise certain consumer financial services companies and large depository institutions and their affiliates for consumer protection purposes. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the CFPB has responsibility to implement, examine for compliance with, and enforce “Federal consumer financial law.” As a depository institution, the Company will be subject to examinations by the CFPB, which will focus on the Company’s ability to detect, prevent, and correct practices that present a significant risk of violating the law and causing consumer harm.

In December 2011, the Federal Reserve Board issued proposed rules to strengthen regulation and supervision of large bank holding companies and systemically important nonbank financial firms. The proposal applies to all U.S. bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more with some provisions affecting banks with $10 billion or more in assets. These rules are meant to implement the Dodd-Frank Act's sections 165 and 166. The proposed rules include a wide range of measures in areas such as capital, liquidity, credit exposure, stress testing, risk management, and early remediation requirements. As a bank holding company with $10 billion or more in assets, the rules would require that the Company create a risk committee of the Board of Directors and chief risk officer, as well as require that the Company conduct its own annual stress-tests and publish a summary of the results.

Competition
The Company’s locations in regional markets throughout Missouri, Kansas, central Illinois, Tulsa, Oklahoma, and Denver, Colorado face intense competition from hundreds of financial service providers. The Company competes with national and state banks for deposits, loans and trust accounts, and with savings and loan associations and credit unions for deposits and consumer lending products. In addition, the Company competes with other financial intermediaries such as securities brokers and dealers, personal loan companies, insurance companies, finance companies, and certain governmental agencies. The passage of the GLB Act, which removed barriers between banking and the securities and insurance industries, has resulted in greater competition among these industries. The Company generally competes on the basis of customer service and responsiveness to customer needs, interest rates on loans and deposits, lending limits, and customer convenience, such as location of offices. Within the St. Louis and Kansas City, Missouri markets, the Company has approximately 9% of deposit market share.

Employees
The Company and its subsidiaries employed 4,237 persons on a full-time basis and 623 persons on a part-time basis at December 31, 2011. The Company provides a variety of benefit programs including a 401K plan as well as group life, health, accident, and other insurance. The Company also maintains training and educational programs designed to prepare employees for positions of increasing responsibility.

Available Information
The Company’s principal offices are located at 1000 Walnut, Kansas City, Missouri (telephone number 816-234-2000). The Company makes available free of charge, through its Web site at www.commercebank.com, reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as soon as reasonably practicable after the electronic filing. These filings include the annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports.








7

Table of Contents

Statistical Disclosure
The information required by Securities Act Guide 3 — “Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies” is located on the pages noted below.
 
 
 
Page
I.
 
Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential
21, 52-55

II.
 
Investment Portfolio
36-38, 73-78

III.
 
Loan Portfolio
 
 
 
Types of Loans
25

 
 
Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates
26

 
 
Risk Elements
31-36

IV.
 
Summary of Loan Loss Experience
29-31

V.
 
Deposits
52, 79-80

VI.
 
Return on Equity and Assets
17

VII.
 
Short-Term Borrowings
80


Item 1a.
RISK FACTORS
Making or continuing an investment in securities issued by Commerce Bancshares, Inc., including its common stock, involves certain risks that you should carefully consider. If any of the following risks actually occur, its business, financial condition or results of operations could be negatively affected, the market price for your securities could decline, and you could lose all or a part of your investment. Further, to the extent that any of the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitutes forward-looking statements, the risk factors set forth below also are cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of Commerce Bancshares, Inc.

Difficult market conditions have adversely affected the Company’s industry and may continue to do so.
Given the concentration of the Company’s banking business in the United States, it is particularly exposed to downturns in the U.S. economy. The economic trends which began in 2008, such as declines in the housing market, (e.g., falling home prices and increasing foreclosures), unemployment and under-employment, have negatively impacted the credit performance of mortgage loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities as well as major commercial and investment banks. These write-downs, initially of mortgage-backed securities and other complex financial instruments, but spreading to various classes of real estate, commercial and consumer loans in turn, have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Reflecting concern about the stability of the financial markets generally and the strength of counterparties, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers. The weak U.S. economy and tightening of credit during recent years led to a lack of consumer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity generally. The resulting economic pressure on consumers and lack of confidence in the financial markets has adversely affected the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations through higher levels of loan losses and lower loan demand. While the economy has seen improvement in the past year, significant uncertainty remains and management does not expect significant economic growth in the near future.
In particular, the Company may face the following risks in connection with these market conditions:
Continued high unemployment levels, weak economic activity and other market developments may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause declines in consumer credit usage, adverse changes in payment patterns, and higher loan delinquencies and default rates. These could impact the Company’s future loan losses and provision for loan losses, as a significant part of the Company’s business includes consumer and credit card lending.
Reduced levels of economic activity may also cause declines in financial service transactions, including bank card, corporate cash management and other fee businesses, as well as the fees earned by the Company on such transactions.
The Company’s ability to assess the creditworthiness of its customers may be impaired if the models and approaches it uses to select, manage, and underwrite its customers become less predictive of future behaviors, causing higher future credit losses.
The process used to estimate losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio requires difficult, subjective, and complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how these economic predictions might impair the ability of

8

Table of Contents

its borrowers to repay their loans. If an instance occurs that renders these predictions no longer capable of accurate estimation, this may in turn impact the reliability of the process.
Competition in the industry could intensify as a result of the increasing consolidation of financial services companies in connection with current market conditions, thereby reducing market prices for various products and services which could in turn reduce Company revenues.
Though bank failures slowed during 2011 as compared to 2009 and 2010, failures during this period remained higher than historical levels. Due to higher bank failures in recent years and continued uncertainty about the future, the Company may be required to pay high levels of FDIC premiums for extended periods of time.
The U.S. economy is also affected by foreign economic events, such as the European debt crisis that developed during the past year. Although the Company does not hold foreign debt, global conditions affecting interest rates, business export activity, capital expenditures by businesses, and investor confidence may negatively affect the Company by means of reduced loan demand or reduced transaction volume with the Company.

Significant changes in banking laws and regulations could materially affect the Company’s business.
As a result of the recent banking crisis, a significant increase in bank regulation has occurred. A number of new laws and regulations have already been implemented, including those which reduce overdraft fees, credit card revenues, and revenues from student lending activities. These recently adopted regulations have resulted in lower revenues and higher operating costs. As discussed in Item 1, the Dodd-Frank Act passed in July 2010. The Act contains significant new and complex regulations for all financial institutions. Among its many provisions are rules which establish a new council of “systemic risk” regulators, create a new consumer protection division within the Federal Reserve, empower the Federal Reserve to supervise the largest, most complex financial companies, allow the government to seize and liquidate failing financial companies, and give regulators new powers to oversee the derivatives market. The Dodd-Frank Act also mandated new rules on debit card interchange fees, as discussed previously.

Because the Company has maintained a strong balance sheet and has not offered many of the complex financial products that were prevalent in the marketplace, there are a number of provisions within the Dodd-Frank Act, including higher capital standards, improved lending transparency and risk-based FDIC insurance assessments, that management does not expect to negatively affect the Company’s future financial results. However, a number of provisions within the law, such as limitations on debit card fees and the potential for higher costs due to increased regulatory and compliance burdens, will lower revenues or raise costs to the Company. In addition to these and other new regulations which are already in place and are discussed above, the Company will likely face increased regulation of the industry. Increased regulation, along with possible changes in tax laws and accounting rules, may have a significant impact on the way the Company conducts business, implements strategic initiatives, engages in tax planning and makes financial disclosures. Compliance with such regulation may divert resources from other areas of the business and limit the ability to pursue other opportunities.

The performance of the Company is dependent on the economic conditions of the markets in which the Company operates.
The Company’s success is heavily influenced by the general economic conditions of the specific markets in which it operates. Unlike larger national or other regional banks that are more geographically diversified, the Company provides financial services primarily throughout the states of Missouri, Kansas, and central Illinois, and has recently expanded into Oklahoma, Colorado and other surrounding states. As the Company does not have a significant presence in other parts of the country, a prolonged economic downtown in these markets could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Significant changes in federal monetary policy could materially affect the Company’s business.
The Federal Reserve System regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its polices determine in large part the cost of funds for lending and investing by influencing the interest rate earned on loans and paid on borrowings and interest bearing deposits. Credit conditions are influenced by its open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the member bank discount rate, and bank reserve requirements. Changes in Federal Reserve Board policies are beyond the Company’s control and difficult to predict, and such changes may result in lower interest margins and a continued lack of demand for credit products.

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect the Company.
The Company’s ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institution counterparties. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. The Company has exposure to many different industries and counterparties and routinely executes transactions with counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment

9

Table of Contents

banks, mutual funds, and other institutional clients. Transactions with these institutions include overnight and term borrowings, interest rate swap agreements, securities purchased and sold, short-term investments, and other such transactions. As a result of this exposure, defaults by, or rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions or the financial services industry generally, could lead to market-wide liquidity problems and defaults by other institutions. Many of these transactions expose the Company to credit risk in the event of default of its counterparty or client, while other transactions expose the Company to liquidity risks should funding sources quickly disappear. In addition, the Company’s credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the exposure due to the Company. Any such losses could materially and adversely affect results of operations.

The Company’s asset valuation may include methodologies, estimations and assumptions which are subject to differing interpretations and could result in changes to asset valuations that may materially adversely affect its results of operations or financial condition.
The Company uses estimates, assumptions, and judgments when certain financial assets and liabilities are measured and reported at fair value. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. Fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on quoted market prices and/or other observable inputs provided by independent third-party sources, when available. When such third-party information is not available, fair value is estimated primarily by using cash flow and other financial modeling techniques utilizing assumptions such as credit quality, liquidity, interest rates and other relevant inputs. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, or estimates in any of these areas could materially impact the Company’s future financial condition and results of operations.
During periods of market disruption, including periods of significantly rising or high interest rates, rapidly widening credit spreads or illiquidity, it may be difficult to value certain assets if trading becomes less frequent and/or market data becomes less observable. There may be certain asset classes in active markets with significant observable data that become illiquid due to the current financial environment. In such cases, certain asset valuations may require more subjectivity and management judgment. As such, valuations may include inputs and assumptions that are less observable or require greater estimation. Further, rapidly changing and unprecedented credit and equity market conditions could materially impact the valuation of assets as reported within the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and the period-to-period changes in value could vary significantly. Decreases in value may have a material adverse effect on results of operations or financial condition.

The Company’s investment portfolio values may be adversely impacted by changing interest rates and deterioration in the credit quality of underlying collateral within the various categories of investment securities it owns.
The Company generally invests in securities issued by municipal entities, government-backed agencies or privately issued securities that are highly rated by credit rating agencies at the time of purchase, however, these securities are subject to changes in market value due to changing interest rates and implied credit spreads. Recently, budget deficits and other financial problems in a number of states and political subdivisions have been reported in the media. While the Company maintains rigorous risk management practices over bonds issued by municipalities, further credit deterioration in these bonds could occur and result in losses. Certain mortgage and asset-backed securities represent beneficial interests which are collateralized by residential mortgages, credit cards, automobiles, mobile homes or other assets. While these investment securities are highly rated at the time of initial investment, the value of these securities may decline significantly due to actual or expected deterioration in the underlying collateral, especially residential mortgage collateral. Market conditions have resulted in a deterioration in fair values for non-guaranteed mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities. Under accounting rules, when the impairment is due to declining expected cash flows, some portion of the impairment, depending on the Company’s intent to sell and the likelihood of being required to sell before recovery, must be recognized in current earnings. This could result in significant non-cash losses.

The Company is subject to interest rate risk.
The Company’s net interest income is the largest source of overall revenue to the Company, representing 62% of total revenue. Interest rates are beyond the Company’s control, and they fluctuate in response to general economic conditions and the policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, in particular, the Federal Reserve Board. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, will influence the origination of loans, the purchase of investments, the generation of deposits, and the rates received on loans and investment securities and paid on deposits. Management believes it has implemented effective asset and liability management strategies to reduce the potential effects of changes in interest rates on the Company’s results of operations. However, any substantial, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.






10

Table of Contents

Future loan losses could increase.
The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses that represents management’s best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred at the balance sheet date within the existing portfolio of loans. The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations, specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio quality, present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. Although the loan losses have declined significantly in 2011, they continue to remain at elevated levels by historical standards, particularly in residential construction, consumer, and credit card loans, due to the deterioration in the housing industry and general economic conditions in recent years. Until the housing sector and overall economy begin to recover, it is likely that these higher loan loss levels will continue. While the Company’s credit loss ratios remain below industry averages, continued economic deterioration and further loan losses may negatively affect its results of operations and could further increase levels of its allowance. In addition, the Company’s allowance level is subject to review by regulatory agencies, and that review could result in adjustments to the allowance. See the section captioned “Allowance for Loan Losses” in Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of this report for further discussion related to the Company’s process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for possible loan loss.

The Company is subject to liquidity risk.
Due to a weak economy and diminished risk appetite during the last several years, individuals and businesses have increased the Company's deposits significantly. During 2011, total deposits increased by approximately $1.7 billion.  At the same time, demand for loans has remained weak, and therefore, growth in deposits was utilized to increase the size of the Company's investment securities portfolio to $9.4 billion at December 31, 2011.  As a result the Company's loan to deposit ratio at December 31, 2011 was 55% and was an indication of a strong balance sheet with low liquidity risk.  However, should the demand for loans increase in the future while customer deposits begin to decline, the Company's liquidity risk could change and is dependent on its ability to manage maturities within its investment portfolio, which would be used to fund loan growth.

The Company operates in a highly competitive industry and market area.
The Company operates in the financial services industry, which is facing a rapidly changing environment having numerous competitors including other banks and insurance companies, securities dealers, brokers, trust and investment companies and mortgage bankers. Consolidation among financial service providers is likely to occur, and there are many new changes in technology, product offerings and regulation. As consolidation occurs, larger regional banks may acquire smaller banks in our market and add to existing competition. These new banks may lower fees in an effort to grow market share, which could result in a loss of customers and lower fee revenue for the Company. The Company must continue to make investments in its products and delivery systems to stay competitive with the industry as a whole, or its financial performance may suffer.

The Company’s reputation and future growth prospects could be impaired if events occur which breach its customers’ privacy.
The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct its business, and as part of its business, the Company maintains significant amounts of data about its customers and the products they use. While the Company has policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of failure, interruption or security breach of its information systems, there can be no assurances that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur; or if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. In addition to unauthorized access, denial-of-service attacks could overwhelm Company Web sites and prevent the Company from adequately serving customers. Should any of the Company's systems become compromised, the reputation of the Company could be damaged, relationships with existing customers may be impaired, the compromise could result in lost business and as a result, the Company could incur significant expenses trying to remedy the incident.

The Company may not attract and retain skilled employees.
The Company’s success depends, in large part, on its ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people can be intense, and the Company spends considerable time and resources attracting and hiring qualified people for its various business lines and support units. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of the Company’s key personnel could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business because of their skills, knowledge of the Company’s market, and years of industry experience, as well as the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.

Item 1b.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None



11

Table of Contents


Item 2.
PROPERTIES
The main offices of the Bank are located in the larger metropolitan areas of its markets in various multi-story office buildings. The Bank owns its main offices and leases unoccupied premises to the public. The larger offices include:

Building
Net rentable square footage
% occupied in total
% occupied by bank
922 Walnut
Kansas City, MO
256,000

95
%
93
%
1000 Walnut
Kansas City, MO
403,000

83

38

811 Main
Kansas City, MO
237,000

100

100

8000 Forsyth
Clayton, MO
178,000

95

92

1551 N. Waterfront Pkwy
Wichita, KS
120,000

99

32


Various installment loan, trust and safe deposit functions operate out of leased offices in downtown Kansas City, Missouri. Also, during 2011 the Company transferred its credit card operations from Omaha, Nebraska, to Kansas City. The Company has an additional 196 branch locations in Missouri, Illinois, Kansas, Oklahoma and Colorado which are owned or leased, and 162 off-site ATM locations.

Item 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The information required by this item is set forth in Item 8 under Note 18, Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees on page 105.

Item 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
None    


















12

Table of Contents

Executive Officers of the Registrant
The following are the executive officers of the Company as of February 22, 2012, each of whom is designated annually. There are no arrangements or understandings between any of the persons so named and any other person pursuant to which such person was designated an executive officer.
Name and Age
Positions with Registrant
Jeffery D. Aberdeen, 58
Controller of the Company since December 1995. He is Controller of the Company’s subsidiary bank, Commerce Bank.
 
 
Kevin G. Barth, 51
Executive Vice President of the Company since April 2005 and Executive Vice President of Commerce Bank since October 1998. Senior Vice President of the Company and Officer of Commerce Bank prior thereto.
 
 
Daniel D. Callahan, 54
Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Company since December 2010, Senior Vice President of the Company since April 2005 and Vice President of the Company prior thereto. Executive Vice President of Commerce Bank since May 2003.
 
 
Sara E. Foster, 51
Executive Vice President of the Company since February 10, 2012 and Senior Vice President of the Company since February 1998.
 
 
David W. Kemper, 61
Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company since November 1991, Chief Executive Officer of the Company since June 1986, and President of the Company since April 1982. He is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Commerce Bank. He is the son of James M. Kemper, Jr. (a former Director and former Chairman of the Board of the Company), the brother of Jonathan M. Kemper, Vice Chairman of the Company, and father of John W. Kemper.
 
 
John W. Kemper, 33
Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of the Company since February 10, 2012 and Senior Vice President of the Company prior thereto. Senior Vice President of Commerce Bank since January 2009. Prior to his employment with Commerce Bank in August 2007, he was employed as an engagement manager with a global management consulting firm, managing strategy and operations projects primarily focused in the financial service industry. He is the son of David W. Kemper, Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and nephew of Jonathan M. Kemper, Vice Chairman of the Company.
 
 
Jonathan M. Kemper, 58
Vice Chairman of the Company since November 1991 and Vice Chairman of Commerce Bank since December 1997. Prior thereto, he was Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, and President of Commerce Bank. He is the son of James M. Kemper, Jr. (a former Director and former Chairman of the Board of the Company), the brother of David W. Kemper, Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and uncle of John W. Kemper.
 
 
Charles G. Kim, 51
Chief Financial Officer of the Company since July 2009. Executive Vice President of the Company since April 1995 and Executive Vice President of Commerce Bank since January 2004. Prior thereto, he was Senior Vice President of Commerce Bank, N.A. (Clayton, MO), a former subsidiary of the Company.
 
 
Seth M. Leadbeater, 61
Vice Chairman of the Company since January 2004. Prior thereto he was Executive Vice President of the Company. He has been Vice Chairman of Commerce Bank since September 2004. Prior thereto he was Executive Vice President of Commerce Bank and President of Commerce Bank, N.A. (Clayton, MO).
 
 
Michael J. Petrie, 55
Senior Vice President of the Company since April 1995. Prior thereto, he was Vice President of the Company.
 
 
Robert J. Rauscher, 54
Senior Vice President of the Company since October 1997. Senior Vice President of Commerce Bank prior thereto.
 
 
V. Raymond Stranghoener, 60
Executive Vice President of the Company since July 2005 and Senior Vice President of the Company prior thereto.


13

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Commerce Bancshares, Inc.
Common Stock Data
The following table sets forth the high and low prices of actual transactions in the Company’s common stock and cash dividends paid for the periods indicated (restated for the 5% stock dividend distributed in December 2011).

 
 
Quarter
High
Low
Cash
Dividends
2011
First
$
40.64

$
36.70

$
.219

 
Second
41.81

38.14

.219

 
Third
41.90

31.65

.219

 
Fourth
38.67

31.49

.219

2010
First
$
37.97

$
34.06

$
.213

 
Second
39.20

32.22

.213

 
Third
36.59

31.84

.213

 
Fourth
38.66

32.71

.213

2009
First
$
38.36

$
24.01

$
.207

 
Second
33.91

25.68

.207

 
Third
34.54

26.73

.207

 
Fourth
36.63

31.01

.207


Commerce Bancshares, Inc. common shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (NASDAQ) under the symbol CBSH. The Company had 4,218 shareholders of record as of December 31, 2011.


14

Table of Contents

Performance Graph
The following graph presents a comparison of Company (CBSH) performance to the indices named below. It assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2006 with dividends invested on a Total Return basis.

Five Year Cumulative Total Return
 
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
Commerce (CBSH)
100.00

99.38

104.66

99.39

109.66

113.11

NASDAQ Bank
100.00

79.26

57.79

48.42

57.29

51.19

S&P 500
100.00

105.50

66.47

84.06

96.71

98.76



The following table sets forth information about the Company’s purchases of its $5 par value common stock, its only class of stock registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, during the fourth quarter of 2011.

Period
Total Number of Shares Purchased
Average Price Paid per Share
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Program
 Maximum Number that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Program
October 1—31, 2011
438


$38.80

438

823,677

November 1—30, 2011



3,000,000

December 1—31, 2011
700


$36.40

700

2,999,300

Total
1,138


$37.32

1,138

2,999,300


The Company’s stock purchases shown above were made under authorizations by the Board of Directors. Under the most recent authorization in November 2011, 2,999,300 shares remained available for purchase at December 31, 2011.


15

Table of Contents

Item 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The required information is set forth below in Item 7.

Item 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Overview
Commerce Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") operates as a super-community bank offering an array of sophisticated financial products delivered with high-quality, personal customer service. It is the largest bank holding company headquartered in Missouri, with its principal offices in Kansas City and St. Louis, Missouri. Customers are served from approximately 360 locations in Missouri, Kansas, Illinois, Oklahoma and Colorado using delivery platforms which include an extensive network of branches and ATM machines, full-featured online banking, and a central contact center.

The core of the Company’s competitive advantage is its focus on the local markets it services and its concentration on relationship banking and high touch service. In order to enhance shareholder value, the Company grows its core revenue by expanding new and existing customer relationships, utilizing improved technology, and enhancing customer satisfaction.

Various indicators are used by management in evaluating the Company’s financial condition and operating performance. Among these indicators are the following:
Net income and growth in earnings per share — Net income attributable to Commerce Bancshares, Inc. was $256.3 million, an increase of 15.6% compared to the previous year. The return on average assets was 1.32%. Diluted earnings per share increased 17.5% in 2011 compared to 2010.
Growth in total revenue — Total revenue is comprised of net interest income and non-interest income. Total revenue in 2011 declined $12.1 million, or 1.1%, compared to 2010, which resulted from lower non-interest income. Non-interest income was primarily affected by regulation which reduced fees from overdraft, debit card and student lending activities. Net interest income rose slightly, although the net interest margin declined from 3.89% in 2010 to 3.65% in 2011. Total revenue has risen 3.7%, compounded annually, over the last five years.
Expense control — Non-interest expense decreased $13.9 million, or 2.2%, this year, but included litigation costs of $18.3 million. Salaries and employee benefits, the largest expense component, declined by .4% due to lower salary, medical and pension costs, but were partly offset by higher incentive compensation. Other operating expenses were also well-controlled and included a decline in FDIC costs. Included in 2010 expense was $11.8 million related to early extinguishment of debt.
Asset quality — Net loan charge-offs in 2011 decreased $32.4 million from those recorded in 2010, and averaged .70% of loans compared to 1.00% in the previous year. Total non-performing assets, which include non-accrual loans and foreclosed real estate, amounted to $93.8 million, a decrease of $3.5 million from balances at the previous year end, and represented 1.02% of loans outstanding.
Shareholder return — Total shareholder return, including the change in stock price and dividend reinvestment, was 3.1% over the past year and 7.0% over the past 10 years.



















16

Table of Contents

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes. The historical trends reflected in the financial information presented below are not necessarily reflective of anticipated future results.

Key Ratios
(Based on average balances)
2011
2010
2009
2008
2007
Return on total assets
1.32
%
1.22
%
.96
%
1.15
%
1.33
%
Return on total equity
12.15

11.15

9.76

11.81

13.97

Equity to total assets
10.87

10.91

9.83

9.71

9.55

Loans to deposits (1)
59.15

70.02

79.79

92.11

88.49

Non-interest bearing deposits to total deposits
30.26

28.65

26.48

24.05

24.00

Net yield on interest earning assets (tax equivalent basis)
3.65

3.89

3.93

3.96

3.85

(Based on end of period data)
 
 
 
 
 
Non-interest income to revenue (2)
37.82

38.54

38.41

38.80

40.85

Efficiency ratio (3)
59.10

59.71

59.88

63.08

62.65

Tier I risk-based capital ratio
14.71

14.38

13.04

10.92

10.31

Total risk-based capital ratio
16.04

15.75

14.39

12.31

11.49

Tier I leverage ratio
9.55

10.17

9.58

9.06

8.76

Tangible common equity to assets ratio (4)
9.91

10.27

9.71

8.25

8.61

Cash dividend payout ratio
31.06

35.52

44.15

38.54

33.76

(1)
Includes loans held for sale.
(2)
Revenue includes net interest income and non-interest income.
(3)
The efficiency ratio is calculated as non-interest expense (excluding intangibles amortization) as a percent of revenue.
(4)
The tangible common equity ratio is calculated as stockholders’ equity reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets (excluding mortgage servicing rights) divided by total assets reduced by goodwill and other intangible assets (excluding mortgage servicing rights).

Selected Financial Data

(In thousands, except per share data)
2011
2010
2009
2008
2007
Net interest income
$
646,070

$
645,932

$
635,502

$
592,739

$
538,072

Provision for loan losses
51,515

100,000

160,697

108,900

42,732

Non-interest income
392,917

405,111

396,259

375,712

371,581

Investment securities gains (losses), net
10,812

(1,785
)
(7,195
)
30,294

8,234

Non-interest expense
617,249

631,134

621,737

615,380

574,159

Net income attributable to Commerce Bancshares, Inc.
256,343

221,710

169,075

188,655

206,660

Net income per common share-basic*
2.83

2.41

1.88

2.15

2.34

Net income per common share-diluted*
2.82

2.40

1.87

2.14

2.32

Cash dividends
79,140

78,231

74,720

72,055

68,915

Cash dividends per share*
.876

.853

.829

.823

.784

Market price per share*
38.12

37.84

35.12

37.97

36.91

Book value per share*
24.40

22.25

20.61

18.00

17.53

Common shares outstanding*
88,952

90,955

91,517

87,737

87,268

Total assets
20,649,367

18,502,339

18,120,189

17,532,447

16,204,831

Loans, including held for sale
9,208,554

9,474,733

10,490,327

11,644,544

10,841,264

Investment securities
9,358,387

7,409,534

6,473,388

3,780,116

3,297,015

Deposits
16,799,883

15,085,021

14,210,451

12,894,733

12,551,552

Long-term debt
511,817

512,273

1,236,062

1,447,781

1,083,636

Equity
2,170,361

2,023,464

1,885,905

1,579,467

1,530,156

Non-performing assets
93,803

97,320

116,670

79,077

33,417

*
Restated for the 5% stock dividend distributed in December 2011.


17

Table of Contents

Results of Operations
 
 
 
 
$ Change
 
% Change
(Dollars in thousands)
2011
2010
2009
’11-’10
’10-’09
 
’11-’10
’10-’09
Net interest income
$
646,070

$
645,932

$
635,502

$
138

$
10,430

 
%
1.6
%
Provision for loan losses
(51,515
)
(100,000
)
(160,697
)
(48,485
)
(60,697
)
 
(48.5
)
(37.8
)
Non-interest income
392,917

405,111

396,259

(12,194
)
8,852

 
(3.0
)
2.2

Investment securities gains (losses), net
10,812

(1,785
)
(7,195
)
12,597

5,410

 
NM

75.2

Non-interest expense
(617,249
)
(631,134
)
(621,737
)
(13,885
)
9,397

 
(2.2
)
1.5

Income taxes
(121,412
)
(96,249
)
(73,757
)
25,163

22,492

 
26.1

30.5

Non-controlling interest (expense) income
(3,280
)
(165
)
700
(3,115
)
(865
)
 
NM

(123.6
)
Net income attributable to Commerce Bancshares, Inc.
$
256,343

$
221,710

$
169,075

$
34,633

$
52,635

 
15.6
%
31.1
%

Net income attributable to Commerce Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") for 2011 was $256.3 million, an increase of $34.6 million, or 15.6%, compared to $221.7 million in 2010. Diluted income per share was $2.82 in 2011 compared to $2.40 in 2010. The increase in net income resulted from a $48.5 million decrease in the provision for loan losses coupled with a decline of $13.9 million in non-interest expense and $12.6 million in higher net securities gains. These effects were partly offset by a $12.2 million decline in non-interest income and a $25.2 million increase in income tax expense. Non-interest expense included the accrual of $18.3 million for a lawsuit settlement regarding debit card overdrafts, which is discussed further in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements. In addition, an indemnification obligation liability related to Visa, Inc. (Visa), also discussed in Note 18, was reduced by $4.4 million, decreasing expense. The return on average assets was 1.32% in 2011 compared to 1.22% in 2010, and the return on average equity was 12.15% compared to 11.15%. At December 31, 2011, the ratio of tangible common equity to assets was 9.91% compared to 10.27% at year end 2010.

During 2011, net interest income increased $138 thousand to $646.1 million, as compared to $645.9 million in 2010. This slight growth was due to lower rates incurred on deposits, higher average balances in investment securities, and lower average borrowing levels. These effects were partly offset by lower rates earned on both investment securities and loans, in addition to lower loan balances.

The provision for loan losses totaled $51.5 million in 2011, a decrease of $48.5 million from the prior year. Net loan charge-offs declined by $32.4 million in 2011 compared to 2010, mainly in construction, consumer, and consumer credit card loans.

Non-interest income for 2011 was $392.9 million, a decrease of $12.2 million, or 3.0%, compared to $405.1 million in 2010. This decrease is the result of a decline in overdraft fees of $10.2 million in 2011, due to the Company's implementation on July 1, 2010 of new overdraft regulations on debit card transactions, as well as a decline of $3.1 million in debit interchange income resulting from new rules adopted in Dodd-Frank legislation, which became effective during the fourth quarter of 2011. Also contributing to the decline in non-interest income in 2011 was a $14.6 million decrease in gains on sales of student loans. This occurred as new federal regulations over guaranteed student loans caused the Company to exit the guaranteed student loan business and the Company sold most of its student loans in 2010. Partially offsetting these decreases in non-interest income was a $9.5 million increase in corporate card revenue, resulting from both new customer transactions and increased volumes from existing customers as the Company continues to expand this product on a national basis. In addition, trust fees rose $7.4 million on strong new account sales.

Investment securities gains amounted to $10.8 million, an increase of $12.6 million over $1.8 million in investment securities losses during 2010. The 2011 gains resulted mainly from fair value adjustments and sales of private equity investments.

Non-interest expense for 2011 was $617.2 million, a decrease of $13.9 million, or 2.2%, compared to $631.1 million in 2010. This decline was partly due to slight decreases in salaries and benefits expense, as well as marketing and equipment expenses, but was mainly driven by reductions of $4.7 million in supplies and communication expense and $6.1 million in FDIC insurance expense. During 2010, non-interest expense included an $11.8 million debt pre-payment penalty on Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances. Offsetting these declines in non-interest expense during 2011 was $18.3 million expensed during the current year related to debit card overdraft litigation, as mentioned above. Income tax expense was $121.4 million in 2011 compared to $96.2 million in 2010, resulting in effective tax rates of 32.1% and 30.3%, respectively.

Net income attributable to Commerce Bancshares, Inc. for 2010 was $221.7 million, an increase of $52.6 million, or 31.1%, compared to $169.1 million in 2009. Diluted income per share was $2.40 in 2010 compared to $1.87 in 2009. The increase in net

18

Table of Contents

income resulted from a $60.7 million decrease in the provision for loan losses coupled with growth of $10.4 million in net interest income and $8.9 million in non-interest income. The growth in income was partly offset by an increase of $9.4 million in non-interest expense. Several significant items of non-interest income and non-interest expense affected results for 2010. During 2010, the Company paid off $125.0 million in FHLB borrowings with high interest coupons prior to maturity and incurred a pre-payment penalty of $11.8 million. The Company also sold its held to maturity portfolio of student loans, totaling $311.0 million, for a gain of $6.9 million. During 2010, the Visa indemnification obligation liability was reduced by $4.4 million. The combined effect of these items was a reduction in pre-tax net income of $465 thousand. The return on average assets was 1.22% in 2010 compared to .96% in 2009, and the return on average equity was 11.15% compared to 9.76%. At December 31, 2010, the ratio of tangible common equity to assets improved to 10.27% compared to 9.71% at year end 2009.

During 2010, net interest income increased $10.4 million, or 1.6%, compared to 2009. This growth was mainly the result of lower rates paid on deposits and higher average balances in investment securities, but partly offset by lower yields on loans and investment securities and declining loan balances. The provision for loan losses totaled $100.0 million in 2010, a decrease of $60.7 million from the prior year. The Company incurred lower loan losses in nearly all categories, notably construction, consumer and business.

Non-interest income in 2010 increased $8.9 million, or 2.2%, over amounts reported in the previous year, mainly due to growth in bank card and trust fees, which rose $26.8 million and $4.1 million, respectively. Bank card fees increased due to strong growth in corporate card revenues. Offsetting this growth was a decline in deposit account fees of $13.7 million, or 12.9%, due largely to the effect of the new overdraft regulations mentioned above, in addition to lower brokerage and bond trading revenue. Non-interest expense increased $9.4 million, or 1.5%, over 2009. The growth in expense included the debt pre-payment penalty, partly offset by an $8.2 million reduction in FDIC insurance expense. Reductions in the Visa indemnification obligation were recorded in both 2010 and 2009. Income tax expense amounted to $96.2 million in 2010 and $73.8 million in 2009. The effective tax rate was 30.3% in 2010 compared to 30.4% in the previous year.

The Company distributed a 5% stock dividend for the eighteenth consecutive year on December 19, 2011. All per share and average share data in this report has been restated to reflect the 2011 stock dividend.

Critical Accounting Policies
The Company's consolidated financial statements are prepared based on the application of certain accounting policies, the most significant of which are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. Certain of these policies require numerous estimates and strategic or economic assumptions that may prove inaccurate or be subject to variations which may significantly affect the Company's reported results and financial position for the current period or future periods. The use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments are necessary when financial assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at, or adjusted to reflect, fair value. Current economic conditions may require the use of additional estimates, and some estimates may be subject to a greater degree of uncertainty due to the current instability of the economy. The Company has identified several policies as being critical because they require management to make particularly difficult, subjective and/or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because of the likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. These policies relate to the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of certain investment securities, and accounting for income taxes.

Allowance for Loan Losses
The Company performs periodic and systematic detailed reviews of its loan portfolio to assess overall collectability. The level of the allowance for loan losses reflects the Company's estimate of the losses inherent in the loan portfolio at any point in time. While these estimates are based on substantive methods for determining allowance requirements, actual outcomes may differ significantly from estimated results, especially when determining allowances for business, lease, construction and business real estate loans. These loans are normally larger and more complex, and their collection rates are harder to predict. Personal loans, including personal mortgage, credit card and consumer loans, are individually smaller and perform in a more homogenous manner, making loss estimates more predictable. Further discussion of the methodology used in establishing the allowance is provided in the Allowance for Loan Losses section of this discussion and in Note 1.

Valuation of Investment Securities
The Company carries its investment securities at fair value and employs valuation techniques which utilize observable inputs when those inputs are available. These observable inputs reflect assumptions market participants would use in pricing the security and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. When such information is not available, the Company employs valuation techniques which utilize unobservable inputs, or those which reflect the Company’s own assumptions about market participants, based on the best information available in the circumstances. These valuation methods

19

Table of Contents

typically involve cash flow and other financial modeling techniques. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, estimates, or other inputs to the valuation techniques could have a material impact on the Company's future financial condition and results of operations. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in more financial statement volatility. Under the fair value measurement hierarchy, fair value measurements are classified as Level 1 (quoted prices), Level 2 (based on observable inputs) or Level 3 (based on unobservable, internally-derived inputs), as discussed in more detail in Note 15 on Fair Value Measurements. Most of the available for sale investment portfolio is priced utilizing industry-standard models that consider various assumptions observable in the marketplace or which can be derived from observable data. Such securities totaled approximately $8.7 billion, or 94.4% of the available for sale portfolio at December 31, 2011, and were classified as Level 2 measurements. The Company also holds $135.6 million in auction rate securities. These were classified as Level 3 measurements, as no liquid market currently exists for these securities, and fair values were derived from internally generated cash flow valuation models which used unobservable inputs significant to the overall measurement.

Changes in the fair value of available for sale securities, excluding credit losses relating to other-than-temporary impairment, are reported in other comprehensive income. The Company periodically evaluates the available for sale portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment. Evaluation for other-than-temporary impairment is based on the Company’s intent to sell the security and whether it is likely that it will be required to sell the security before the anticipated recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of these conditions is met, the entire loss (the amount by which the amortized cost exceeds the fair value) must be recognized in current earnings. If neither condition is met, but the Company does not expect to recover the amortized cost basis, the Company must determine whether a credit loss has occurred. This credit loss is the amount by which the amortized cost basis exceeds the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security. The credit loss, if any, must be recognized in current earnings, while the remainder of the loss, related to all other factors, is recognized in other comprehensive income.

The estimation of whether a credit loss exists and the period over which the security is expected to recover requires significant judgment. The Company must consider available information about the collectability of the security, including information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable forecasts, which includes payment structure, prepayment speeds, expected defaults, and collateral values. Changes in these factors could result in additional impairment, recorded in current earnings, in future periods.

At December 31, 2011, certain non-agency guaranteed mortgage-backed securities with a par value of $143.3 million were identified as other-than-temporarily impaired. The cumulative credit-related impairment loss on these securities amounted to $9.9 million, which was recorded in the consolidated income statement.

The Company, through its direct holdings and its private equity subsidiaries, has numerous private equity investments, categorized as non-marketable securities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. These investments are reported at fair value and totaled $70.5 million at December 31, 2011. Changes in fair value are reflected in current earnings and reported in investment securities gains (losses), net, in the consolidated income statements. Because there is no observable market data for these securities, fair values are internally developed using available information and management’s judgment, and the securities are classified as Level 3 measurements. Although management believes its estimates of fair value reasonably reflect the fair value of these securities, key assumptions regarding the projected financial performance of these companies, the evaluation of the investee company’s management team, and other economic and market factors may affect the amounts that will ultimately be realized from these investments.

Accounting for Income Taxes
Accrued income taxes represent the net amount of current income taxes which are expected to be paid attributable to operations as of the balance sheet date. Deferred income taxes represent the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or income tax returns. Current and deferred income taxes are reported as either a component of other assets or other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, depending on whether the balances are assets or liabilities. Judgment is required in applying generally accepted accounting principles in accounting for income taxes. The Company regularly monitors taxing authorities for changes in laws and regulations and their interpretations by the judicial systems. The aforementioned changes, as well as any changes that may result from the resolution of income tax examinations by federal and state taxing authorities, may impact the estimate of accrued income taxes and could materially impact the Company’s financial position and results of operations.






20

Table of Contents

Net Interest Income
Net interest income, the largest source of revenue, results from the Company’s lending, investing, borrowing, and deposit gathering activities. It is affected by both changes in the level of interest rates and changes in the amounts and mix of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. The following table summarizes the changes in net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis, by major category of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, identifying changes related to volumes and rates. Changes not solely due to volume or rate changes are allocated to rate.
 
2011
2010
 
Change due to
 
Change due to
 
(In thousands)
Average Volume
Average Rate
 Total
Average Volume
Average Rate
Total
Interest income, fully taxable equivalent basis
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
$
(18,171
)
$
(25,066
)
$
(43,237
)
$
(40,397
)
$
(7,643
)
$
(48,040
)
Loans held for sale
(5,292
)
316

(4,976
)
(809
)
(1,319
)
(2,128
)
Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
(1,787
)
9,382

7,595

10,767

(7,848
)
2,919

Government-sponsored enterprise obligations
1,112

78

1,190

2,009

(1,637
)
372

State and municipal obligations
9,786

(3,267
)
6,519

4,676

(3,089
)
1,587

Mortgage-backed securities
29,458

(28,275
)
1,183

927

(24,626
)
(23,699
)
Asset-backed securities
9,168

(17,204
)
(8,036
)
33,369

(24,976
)
8,393

Other securities
(1,007
)
1,521

514

(726
)
805

79

Short-term federal funds sold and securities purchased
   under agreements to resell
31

(24
)
7

(206
)
32

(174
)
Long-term securities purchased under agreements to
   resell
10,495

411

10,906

2,549


2,549

Interest earning deposits with banks
56

4

60

(385
)
5

(380
)
Total interest income
33,849

(62,124
)
(28,275
)
11,774

(70,296
)
(58,522
)
Interest expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
61

169

230

60

(80
)
(20
)
Interest checking and money market
4,059

(7,731
)
(3,672
)
5,618

(7,731
)
(2,113
)
Time open and C.D.’s of less than $100,000
(4,722
)
(6,797
)
(11,519
)
(8,420
)
(20,691
)
(29,111
)
Time open and C.D.’s of $100,000 and over
763

(5,338
)
(4,575
)
(7,117
)
(14,407
)
(21,524
)
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
(90
)
(753
)
(843
)
295

(1,410
)
(1,115
)
Other borrowings
(11,258
)
(10
)
(11,268
)
(15,064
)
(1,515
)
(16,579
)
Total interest expense
(11,187
)
(20,460
)
(31,647
)
(24,628
)
(45,834
)
(70,462
)
Net interest income, fully taxable equivalent basis
$
45,036

$
(41,664
)
$
3,372

$
36,402

$
(24,462
)
$
11,940


Net interest income totaled $646.1 million in 2011 compared to $645.9 million in 2010. On a tax equivalent basis, net interest income totaled $669.5 million and increased $3.4 million over the previous year. This slight increase was mainly the result of lower interest expense incurred on deposits and other borrowings coupled with higher interest income earned on investment securities and securities purchased under agreements to resell, partially offset by lower interest income earned on loans. The net yield on earning assets (tax equivalent) was 3.65% in 2011 compared with 3.89% in the previous year.

During 2011, interest income on loans (tax equivalent, including loans held for sale) declined $48.2 million from 2010 due to a $787.4 million decrease in average loan balances, coupled with an 8 basis point decrease in average rates earned. The decrease in average loans compared to the previous year included a decrease of $554.0 million in average student loans, contributing to a decrease in interest income of $10.8 million. The majority of the student loan portfolio, including loans held for sale and held to maturity, was sold in the fourth quarter of 2010. As a result of new regulations regarding federally guaranteed student loans, the Company is not originating new student loans. The average tax equivalent rate earned on the loan portfolio, including held for sale loans, was 5.07% compared to 5.15% in the previous year, reflecting the overall lower rate environment in the industry. Interest earned on business loans decreased $6.2 million as a result of a decline in rates of 25 basis points, which was offset by a slight increase in average balances. Interest on construction loans decreased $3.6 million due to a decline in average balances, but was offset by higher rates, while interest on personal real estate loans declined $7.5 million due to lower rates and balances. Demand for construction and personal real estate loans continues to be affected by the weak housing industry. Interest on consumer loans decreased $14.1 million from the previous year due to a decline of $131.4 million in average consumer loans coupled with a 47 basis point decrease in rates earned. Most of this decline in average balances was due to a decrease in marine and recreational

21

Table of Contents

vehicle (RV) loans of $125.7 million, resulting from the Company's decision to exit the marine/RV origination business in 2008. Also, interest earned on consumer credit card loans decreased by $4.7 million due to a combination of lower balances and rates earned on these loans.

Tax equivalent interest in investment securities increased by $9.0 million in 2011 due to a $1.4 billion increase in average balances outstanding, but was offset by lower rates earned on these investments. The average rate earned on the investment securities portfolio declined from 3.40% in 2010 to 2.93% in 2011. Interest income on mortgage-backed securities increased $1.2 million in 2011 due to growth in average balances of $734.6 million but was offset by a decline in rates earned on these securities. Interest on asset-backed securities declined $8.0 million due to a decline in rates of 70 basis points but was offset by higher average balances of $470.2 million. Interest (tax exempt) on municipal securities increased $6.5 million mainly due to higher average balances, which increased $208.1 million in 2011. Interest on U.S. government, agency and government sponsored enterprise securities grew by $8.8 million in 2011, which was mostly due to an increase of $7.0 million in inflation income on certain inflation-protected securities. Interest on long-term resell agreements also increased $10.9 million in 2011 compared to the prior year, due to a $618.7 million increase in the average balances of these instruments in 2011.
During 2011, interest expense on deposits decreased $19.5 million compared to 2010. This was mainly the result of lower rates on most deposit products coupled with a $283.5 million decline in average certificate of deposit balances, but partly offset by the effects of higher average balances of money market and interest checking accounts, which grew by $917.6 million. Average rates paid on deposit balances declined 21 basis points in 2011 to .43%. Interest expense on borrowings declined $12.1 million, mainly the result of lower average FHLB advances, which decreased $339.8 million, or 76.5%, due to scheduled maturities of advances and the early pay off of $125.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2010. The average rate paid on total interest bearing liabilities decreased to .43% compared to .71% in 2010.

During 2010, interest income on loans (tax equivalent) declined $48.0 million from 2009 due to lower average balances on most loan categories, coupled with lower rates earned on personal real estate and other personal banking loan products. The average tax equivalent rate earned on the loan portfolio was 5.28% compared to 5.27% in the previous year. Total average loan balances decreased $931.2 million, or 8.8%, reflecting declines of $346.8 million in business and business real estate loans, $182.6 million in construction loans, $109.2 million in personal real estate loans and $214.1 million in consumer loans. The decrease in business, business real estate and personal real estate loans was the result of loan principal pay downs and lower line of credit usage, which exceeded new loan origination due to lower demand. The decline in construction loans was mainly due to the weak housing economy and the Company's efforts to reduce this portfolio. In October 2010, the Company sold its entire held to maturity student loan portfolio, which totaled approximately $311.0 million, to another loan servicer. In the second half of 2010, the Company sold most of the student loans held for sale, which were federally guaranteed, and new regulations prohibit the Company from originating new federally guaranteed student loans in the future. Tax equivalent interest earned on investment securities decreased by $10.3 million, or 4.3%, due to lower rates earned, partly offset by higher average balances of securities. The average rate earned on the investment securities portfolio declined from 4.54% in 2009 to 3.40% in 2010, resulting in a decline in interest income of approximately $61.4 million due to lower rates. The average balances of mortgage and other asset-backed securities, U.S. government and federal agency securities, and state and municipal obligations increased $1.1 billion, $269.9 million and $93.1 million, respectively. Average tax equivalent rates earned on total interest earning assets in 2010 decreased to 4.38% compared to 4.85% in the previous year, or a decline of 47 basis points.
  
Interest expense on deposits decreased $52.8 million in 2010 compared to 2009. The decline resulted from lower rates paid on all deposit products coupled with a $930.1 million decline in average certificates of deposit, but partly offset by the effects of higher average balances of money market and interest checking accounts, which grew by $1.4 billion. Average rates paid on deposit balances declined 43 basis points from .92% in 2009 to .49% in 2010. Interest expense on borrowings declined $17.7 million, mainly the result of lower rates paid on total debt and lower average balances outstanding of FHLB borrowings. The average balance of FHLB borrowings decreased $383.7 million, partly due to scheduled maturities of advances and partly due to the early pay off of $125.0 million in advances prior to maturity. The average rate paid on total interest bearing liabilities decreased to .56% compared to 1.04% in 2009.

Provision for Loan Losses
The provision for loan losses totaled $51.5 million in 2011, which represented a decrease of $48.5 million from the 2010 provision of $100.0 million. Net loan charge-offs for the year totaled $64.5 million compared with $96.9 million in 2010, or a decrease of $32.4 million. The decrease in net loan charge-offs from the previous year was mainly the result of lower construction, consumer and consumer credit card losses, which declined $8.1 million, $8.3 million, and $16.1 million, respectively. The allowance for loan losses totaled $184.5 million at December 31, 2011, a decrease of $13.0 million compared to the prior year, and represented 2.01% of outstanding loans. The provision for loan losses is recorded to bring the allowance for loan losses to a level deemed adequate by management based on the factors mentioned in the following “Allowance for Loan Losses” section of this discussion.


22

Table of Contents

Non-Interest Income
 
 
 
 
% Change
(Dollars in thousands)
2011
2010
2009
'11-'10
'10-'09
Bank card transaction fees
$
157,077

$
148,888

$
122,124

5.5
 %
21.9
 %
Trust fees
88,313

80,963

76,831

9.1

5.4

Deposit account charges and other fees
82,651

92,637

106,362

(10.8
)
(12.9
)
Bond trading income
19,846

21,098

22,432

(5.9
)
(5.9
)
Consumer brokerage services
10,018

9,190

10,831

9.0

(15.2
)
Loan fees and sales
7,580

23,116

21,273

(67.2
)
8.7

Other
27,432

29,219

36,406

(6.1
)
(19.7
)
Total non-interest income
$
392,917

$
405,111

$
396,259

(3.0
)%
2.2
 %
Non-interest income as a % of total revenue*
37.8
%
38.5
%
38.4
%
 
 
Total revenue per full-time equivalent employee
$
219.0

$
211.1

$
201.3

 
 
*
Total revenue is calculated as net interest income plus non-interest income.

Non-interest income totaled $392.9 million, a decrease of $12.2 million, or 3.0%, compared to $405.1 million in 2010. Bank card fees increased $8.2 million, or 5.5%, over last year, primarily due to continued growth in transaction fees earned on corporate card and merchant activity, which grew by 19.7% and 5.4%, respectively. The growth in corporate card fees resulted from continued expansion in transaction volumes from existing customers and activity from new customers, while merchant sales volumes were strong. Debit card fees declined $3.1 million, or 5.4%, as a result of new regulations for pricing debit card transactions, which were effective October 1, 2011. These fees declined $7.1 million in the fourth quarter of 2011 compared to the previous quarter. Debit card fees totaled $53.9 million in 2011 and comprised 34.3% of total bank card fees, while corporate card fees totaled $57.8 million and comprised 36.8% of total fees. Trust fee income increased $7.4 million, or 9.1%, as a result of growth in personal and institutional trust fees. Trust revenue continues to be negatively affected by waived fees on certain low earning money market investment accounts. The market value of total customer trust assets (on which fees are charged) totaled $27.3 billion at year end 2011 and grew 8.9% over year end 2010. Deposit account fees decreased $10.0 million, or 10.8%, due mainly to lower overdraft fees resulting in part from new regulations in 2010. Overdraft fees comprised 49.5% of total deposit account fee income in 2011, down from 55.2% in 2010. Bond trading income decreased $1.3 million, or 5.9%, due to lower securities sales to correspondent banks and other commercial customers, while consumer brokerage services revenue increased by $828 thousand, or 9.0%, due to growth in advisory fees. Compared with last year, loan fees and sales declined $15.5 million due to a decline in gains on student loan sales, as the Company exited from the student loan origination business in 2010. Other income decreased $1.8 million largely due to higher write-downs in 2011 on various banking properties held for sale.

During 2010, non-interest income increased $8.9 million, or 2.2%, over 2009 to $405.1 million. Bank card fees increased $26.8 million, or 21.9%, due to growth of 50.2%, 13.2%, and 15.6% in corporate card, debit card and merchant transactions, respectively. Trust fee income increased $4.1 million, or 5.4%, as a result of growth in personal and institutional trust fees, partly offset by lower corporate fees. While most of the growth in trust fees came from private client business, fees from institutional trust services also grew $1.5 million, or 10.2%, in 2010. The market value of total customer trust assets totaled $25.1 billion at year end 2010 and grew 13.5% over year end 2009. Deposit account fees declined $13.7 million, or 12.9%, from the prior year as a result of a $13.6 million decline in overdraft fee revenue due to the regulations mentioned above. Also, corporate cash management fees, which comprised 35.7% of total deposit account fees in 2010, declined 1.9% as compared to 2009, due to lower sales/activity. Bond trading income declined $1.3 million, or 5.9%, due to lower sales volume, while consumer brokerage services revenue declined $1.6 million, or 15.2%, mainly due to lower fees earned on mutual fund sales. Loan fees and sales increased by $1.8 million over 2009. This increase included a $6.9 million gain recorded on the sale of the Company’s held to maturity portfolio of student loans in late 2010, partly offset by a $5.3 million decline in gains on sales of loans held for sale and adjustments to related impairment reserves. Other non-interest income decreased by $7.2 million partly due to impairment charges of $2.0 million on certain bank premises, coupled with other fixed asset retirements. Also included were declines in cash sweep commissions and equipment rental income, partially offset by higher fees on letters of credit and foreign exchange transactions.

Investment Securities Gains (Losses), Net
Net gains and losses on investment securities during 2011, 2010 and 2009 are shown in the table below. Included in these amounts are gains and losses arising from sales of bonds from the Company’s available for sale portfolio, including credit-related losses on debt securities identified as other-than-temporarily impaired. Also shown below are gains and losses relating to non-marketable private equity investments, which are primarily held by the Parent’s majority-owned private equity subsidiaries. These include fair value adjustments, in addition to gains and losses realized upon disposition. Portions of the fair value adjustments attributable to minority interests are reported as non-controlling interest in the consolidated income statement and resulted in expense of $2.6 million in 2011 and income of $108 thousand and $1.1 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively.

23

Table of Contents

Net securities gains of $10.8 million were recorded in 2011, which include $13.2 million in gains resulting from sales and fair value adjustments related to private equity investments. Partly offsetting these gains were credit-related impairment losses of $2.5 million on certain non-agency guaranteed mortgage-backed securities which have been identified as other-than-temporarily impaired. These identified securities had a total par value of $143.3 million at December 31, 2011. The cumulative credit-related impairment loss on these securities, recorded in earnings, amounted to $10.1 million.

Net securities losses of $1.8 million were recorded in 2010, compared to net losses of $7.2 million in 2009. Losses in 2010 were comprised of $5.1 million of credit-related other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) losses, partly offset by $3.5 million of net gains resulting from sales from the available for sale portfolio, mainly in municipal and mortgage-backed bonds. Losses in 2009 were comprised of $2.5 million in OTTI losses and $5.0 million in losses from sales and fair value adjustments on private equity investments, partly offset by $322 thousand of net gains on sales from the available for sale portfolio.
(In thousands)
2011
2010
2009
Available for sale:
 
 
 
U.S. government bonds
$

$

$
5,342

Municipal bonds
177

1,172

(24
)
Corporate bonds

498

4,877

Agency mortgage-backed bonds

1,434


Non-agency mortgage-backed bonds

384

(9,948
)
Asset-backed bonds


75

 OTTI losses on non-agency mortgage-backed bonds
(2,537
)
(5,069
)
(2,473
)
Non-marketable:
 
 
 
Private equity investments
13,172

(204
)
(5,044
)
Total investment securities gains (losses), net
$
10,812

$
(1,785
)
$
(7,195
)

Non-Interest Expense
 
 
 
 
% Change
(Dollars in thousands)
2011
2010
2009
'11-'10
'10-'09
Salaries
$
293,318

$
292,675

$
290,289

.2
 %
.8
 %
Employee benefits
52,007

53,875

55,490

(3.5
)
(2.9
)
Net occupancy
46,434

46,987

45,925

(1.2
)
2.3

Equipment
22,252

23,324

25,472

(4.6
)
(8.4
)
Supplies and communication
22,448

27,113

32,156

(17.2
)
(15.7
)
Data processing and software
68,103

67,935

61,789

.2

9.9

Marketing
16,767

18,161

18,231

(7.7
)
(.4
)
Deposit insurance
13,123

19,246

27,373

(31.8
)
(29.7
)
Debit overdraft litigation
18,300



100.0


Debt extinguishment

11,784


(100.0
)
100.0

Indemnification obligation
(4,432
)
(4,405
)
(2,496
)
.6

76.5
 %
Other
68,929

74,439

67,508

(7.4
)
10.3

Total non-interest expense
$
617,249

$
631,134

$
621,737

(2.2
)%
1.5
 %
Efficiency ratio
59.1
%
59.7
%
59.9
%
 
 
Salaries and benefits as a % of total non-interest expense
55.9
%
54.9
%
55.6
%
 
 
Number of full-time equivalent employees
4,745

4,979

5,125

 
 
     
Non-interest expense was $617.2 million in 2011, a decrease of $13.9 million, or 2.2%, from the previous year. In December 2011, the Company reached a class-wide settlement on a debit overdraft lawsuit. The settlement provides for a payment of $18.3 million, which was recorded as expense in 2011. Additionally, the Company's indemnification obligation related to Visa litigation was reduced by $4.4 million in both 2011 and 2010 due to funding actions by Visa. Salaries and benefits expense decreased by $1.2 million, or .4%, due to lower salary expense, medical insurance costs and pension plan expense, partly offset by higher incentive compensation. Total salaries expense was up $643 thousand, or .2%, over 2010, while the number of full-time equivalent employees declined 4.7% to 4,745 at December 31, 2011. Occupancy costs decreased $553 thousand, or 1.2%, primarily resulting

24

Table of Contents

from lower depreciation expense and outside services expense. Equipment expense decreased $1.1 million, or 4.6%, due to lower equipment rental and service contract expense. Supplies and communication expense declined $4.7 million, or 17.2%, due to lower costs for customer checks, postage, paper supplies and telephone and network costs. Data processing and software costs increased slightly due to higher bank card processing costs, which were partly offset by lower student loan servicing costs. Marketing expense declined $1.4 million, or 7.7%, while deposit insurance was lower by $6.1 million, or 31.8%, mainly as a result of new FDIC assessment rules which became effective in the second quarter of 2011. Other non-interest expense decreased $5.5 million, or 7.4%, largely due to a decline in foreclosed property costs of $6.7 million, which was due to lower write-downs to fair value, sale losses and other holding costs in 2011.

In 2010, non-interest expense was $631.1 million, an increase of $9.4 million, or 1.5%, over the previous year. Non-interest expense included a debt pre-payment penalty of $11.8 million in 2010, in addition to reductions in the Visa indemnification obligation of $4.4 million and $2.5 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Excluding these items, non-interest expense would have amounted to $623.8 million in 2010, a decrease of $478 thousand from the prior year. Salaries and benefits grew $771 thousand, or .2%, in 2010 compared to 2009 mainly as a result of higher costs for incentives and 401K plan contributions, offset by lower costs for base salaries, pension and medical plans. Occupancy costs increased $1.1 million, or 2.3%, primarily resulting from higher real estate taxes and utilities expense. Equipment costs decreased $2.1 million in 2010 as compared to 2009 mainly due to lower depreciation on data processing equipment. Supplies and communication expense declined $5.0 million, or 15.7%, which reflected certain initiatives to reduce paper supplies, customer checks and courier costs. Data processing and software costs grew $6.1 million, primarily due to higher bank card processing costs, which increased in proportion to the growth in bank card revenues. Deposit insurance decreased $8.1 million in 2010 compared to 2009, mainly due to a special assessment levied by the FDIC in 2009 which did not reoccur in 2010. Other non-interest expense increased $6.9 million and included higher foreclosed property expense of $6.3 million, which increased due to higher write-downs to fair value and additional holding costs. Also included were higher costs for professional services, partially offset by lower operating losses.

Income Taxes
Income tax expense was $121.4 million in 2011, compared to $96.2 million in 2010 and $73.8 million in 2009. Income tax expense in 2011 increased 26.1% over 2010, compared to a 19.8% increase in pre-tax income. The effective tax rate, including the effect of non-controlling interest, was 32.1%, 30.3% and 30.4% in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company's effective tax rate in 2011 is higher than in 2010 and 2009 primarily due to increased state and local taxes. The Company’s effective tax rates in the years noted above were lower than the federal statutory rate of 35% mainly due to tax-exempt interest on state and local municipal obligations.

Financial Condition
        
Loan Portfolio Analysis
Classifications of consolidated loans by major category at December 31 for each of the past five years are shown in the table below. This portfolio consists of loans which were acquired or originated with the intent of holding to their maturity. Loans held for sale are separately discussed in a following section. A schedule of average balances invested in each loan category below appears on page 52.
 
Balance at December 31
(In thousands)
2011
2010
2009
2008
2007
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
Business
$
2,808,265

$
2,957,043

$
2,877,936

$
3,404,371

$
3,257,047

Real estate — construction and land
386,598

460,853

665,110

837,369

668,701

Real estate — business
2,180,100

2,065,837

2,104,030

2,137,822

2,239,846

Personal banking:
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate — personal
1,428,777

1,440,386

1,537,687

1,638,553

1,540,289

Consumer
1,114,889

1,164,327

1,333,763

1,615,455

1,648,072

Revolving home equity
463,587

477,518

489,517

504,069

460,200

Student


331,698

358,049


Consumer credit card
788,701

831,035

799,503

779,709

780,227

Overdrafts
6,561

13,983

6,080

7,849

10,986

Total loans
$
9,177,478

$
9,410,982

$
10,145,324

$
11,283,246

$
10,605,368




25

Table of Contents

In December 2008, the Company elected to reclassify certain segments of its real estate, business, and consumer portfolios. The reclassifications were made to better align the loan reporting with its related collateral and purpose. Amounts reclassified to real estate construction and land pertained mainly to commercial or residential land and lots which were held by borrowers for future development. Amounts reclassified to personal real estate related mainly to one to four family rental property secured by residential mortgages. The table below shows the effect of the reclassifications on the various lending categories as of the transfer date. Because the information was not readily available and it was impracticable to do so, periods prior to 2008 were not restated.

(In thousands)
Effect of reclassification
Business
$
(55,991
)
Real estate – construction and land
158,268

Real estate – business
(214,071
)
Real estate – personal
142,093

Consumer
(30,299
)
Net reclassification
$


The contractual maturities of loan categories at December 31, 2011, and a breakdown of those loans between fixed rate and floating rate loans are as follows:
 
Principal Payments Due
 
(In thousands)
In
One Year
or Less
After One
Year Through
Five Years
After
Five
Years
Total
Business
$
1,403,140

$
1,217,035

$
188,090

$
2,808,265

Real estate — construction and land
242,161

135,515

8,922

386,598

Real estate — business
617,678

1,349,474

212,948

2,180,100

Real estate — personal
142,855

395,218

890,704

1,428,777

Total business and real estate loans
$
2,405,834

$
3,097,242

$
1,300,664

6,803,740

Consumer (1)
 
 
 
1,114,889

Revolving home equity (2)
 
 
 
463,587

Consumer credit card (3)
 
 
 
788,701

Overdrafts
 
 
 
6,561

Total loans
 
 
 
$
9,177,478

Loans with fixed rates
$
628,522

$
1,616,857

$
485,129

$
2,730,508

Loans with floating rates
1,777,312

1,480,385

815,535

4,073,232

Total business and real estate loans
$
2,405,834

$
3,097,242

$
1,300,664

$
6,803,740

(1)
Consumer loans with floating rates totaled $144.7 million.
(2)
Revolving home equity loans with floating rates totaled $459.0 million.
(3) Consumer credit card loans with floating rates totaled $541.4 million.

Total loans at December 31, 2011 were $9.2 billion, a decrease of $233.5 million, or 2.5%, from balances at December 31, 2010. The decline in loans during 2011 occurred principally in business, construction, consumer and credit card loans, partly offset by growth in business real estate loans. Business loans decreased $148.8 million, or 5.0%, reflecting declines in commercial, lease and agribusiness loans, as demand remained weak and usage on lines of credit continued at low levels. Business real estate loans were higher by $114.3 million, or 5.5%, due in part to growth in multi-family apartment lending. Construction loans decreased $74.3 million, or 16.1%, which was reflective of continued uncertain economic conditions in the real estate markets and lower overall demand. Personal real estate loans declined $11.6 million and continued to be affected by the weak housing industry. Consumer loans declined $49.4 million, primarily because the Company ceased most marine and recreational vehicle lending from that portfolio several years ago, while consumer auto loans increased due to higher new loan originations. Revolving home equity loans decreased $13.9 million due to fewer new account activations. Consumer credit card loans decreased by $42.3 million, or 5.1%, partly due to deleveraging of consumers and the competitiveness of customer promotions among financial institutions.

The Company currently generates approximately 31% of its loan portfolio in the St. Louis market, 29% in the Kansas City market, and 40% in various other regional markets. The portfolio is diversified from a business and retail standpoint, with 59% in loans to businesses and 41% in loans to consumers. A balanced approach to loan portfolio management and an historical aversion

26

Table of Contents

toward credit concentrations, from an industry, geographic and product perspective, have contributed to low levels of problem loans and loan losses.

The Company participates in credits of large, publicly traded companies which are defined by regulation as shared national credits, or SNCs. Regulations define SNCs as loans exceeding $20 million that are shared by three or more financial institutions. The Company typically participates in these loans when business operations are maintained in the local communities or regional markets and opportunities to provide other banking services are present. The balance of SNC loans totaled approximately $538.0 million at December 31, 2011, with an additional $1.1 billion in unfunded commitments.

Commercial Loans
Business
Total business loans amounted to $2.8 billion at December 31, 2011 and include loans used mainly to fund customer accounts receivable, inventories, and capital expenditures. The business loan portfolio includes tax advantaged financings which carry tax free interest rates. These loans totaled $401.0 million at December 31, 2011 and increased 20.9% over December 31, 2010. The portfolio also includes direct financing and sales type leases totaling $241.8 million, which are used by commercial customers to finance capital purchases ranging from computer equipment to office and transportation equipment. These leases comprise 2.6% of the Company’s total loan portfolio. Also included in this portfolio are corporate card loans, which totaled $166.9 million at December 31, 2011. These loans, which decreased by 5.1% in 2011, are made in conjunction with the Company’s corporate card business, which assists the increasing number of businesses that are shifting from paper checks to a credit card payment system in order to automate payment processes. These loans are generally short-term, with outstanding balances averaging between 7 to 13 days in duration, which helps to limit risk in these loans.

Business loans are made primarily to customers in the regional trade area of the Company, generally the central Midwest, encompassing the states of Missouri, Kansas, Illinois, and nearby Midwestern markets, including Iowa, Oklahoma, Colorado and Ohio. The portfolio is diversified from an industry standpoint and includes businesses engaged in manufacturing, wholesaling, retailing, agribusiness, insurance, financial services, public utilities, and other service businesses. Emphasis is upon middle-market and community businesses with known local management and financial stability. Consistent with management’s strategy and emphasis upon relationship banking, most borrowing customers also maintain deposit accounts and utilize other banking services. Net loan charge-offs in this category totaled $5.0 million in 2011 (.2% of average business loans) and $4.6 million in 2010, remaining low in both years. Non-accrual business loans were $25.7 million (.9% of business loans) at December 31, 2011 compared to $8.9 million at December 31, 2010. The increase was largely due to two new loans, totaling $17.0 million, which were placed on non-accrual status in 2011.

Real Estate-Construction and Land
The portfolio of loans in this category amounted to $386.6 million at December 31, 2011 and comprised 4.2% of the Company’s total loan portfolio. These loans are predominantly made to businesses in the local markets of the Company’s banking subsidiary. Commercial construction and land development loans totaled $245.9 million, or 63.6% of total construction loans at December 31, 2011. Commercial construction loans are made during the construction phase for small and medium-sized office and medical buildings, manufacturing and warehouse facilities, apartment complexes, shopping centers, hotels and motels, and other commercial properties. Exposure to larger, speculative commercial properties remains low. Commercial land development loans relate to land owned or developed for use in conjunction with business properties. Residential construction and land development loans at December 31, 2011 totaled $140.7 million, or 36.4% of total construction loans. The largest percentage of residential construction and land development loans are for projects located in the Kansas City and St. Louis metropolitan areas. Credit risk in this sector has been high over the last few years, especially in residential land development lending, as a result of the weak housing industry. However, in 2011 net loan charge-offs continued to fall, decreasing 53.7% to $7.0 million, compared to net charge-offs of $15.0 million in 2010. The net charge-offs in 2011 were mainly comprised of $4.7 million in charge-offs on loans to two specific borrowers. Construction and land development loans on non-accrual status declined to $22.8 million at year end 2011 compared to $52.8 million at year end 2010 with approximately 46% of the non-accrual balance at year end 2011 comprised of loans to three individual borrowers. The Company’s watch list, which includes special mention and substandard categories, included $20.4 million of residential land and construction loans which are being closely monitored.

Real Estate-Business
Total business real estate loans were $2.2 billion at December 31, 2011 and comprised 23.8% of the Company’s total loan portfolio. This category includes mortgage loans for small and medium-sized office and medical buildings, manufacturing and warehouse facilities, shopping centers, hotels and motels, and other commercial properties. Emphasis is placed on owner-occupied (48.5% of this portfolio) and income producing commercial real estate properties, which present lower risk levels. The borrowers and/or the properties are generally located in local and regional markets. Additional information about loans by category is

27

Table of Contents

presented on page 34. At December 31, 2011, non-accrual balances amounted to $19.4 million, or .9%, of the loans in this category, up from $16.2 million at year end 2010. The Company experienced net charge-offs of $3.6 million in 2011 (.2% of average business real estate loans), compared to net charge-offs of $4.1 million in 2010.

Personal Banking Loans
Real Estate-Personal
At December 31, 2011, there were $1.4 billion in outstanding personal real estate loans, which comprised 15.6% of the Company’s total loan portfolio. The mortgage loans in this category are mainly for owner-occupied residential properties. The Company originates both adjustable rate and fixed rate mortgage loans. The Company retains adjustable rate mortgage loans, and from time to time retains fixed rate loans as directed by its Asset/Liability Management Committee. The Company originates its loans and does not purchase any from outside parties or brokers. Further, it has never maintained or promoted subprime or reduced document products. At December 31, 2011, 48% of the portfolio was comprised of adjustable rate loans while 52% was comprised of fixed rate loans. Levels of mortgage loan origination activity increased in 2011 compared to 2010, with originations of $223 million in 2011 compared with $197 million in 2010. Growth in mortgage loan originations continued to be constrained in 2011 as a result of the weakened economy, slower housing starts, demand for fixed rates, and lower housing sales within the Company’s markets. The Company has experienced lower loan losses in this category than many others in the industry and believes this is partly because of its conservative underwriting culture and the fact that it does not offer subprime lending products or purchase loans from brokers. Net loan charge-offs for 2011 amounted to $2.8 million, compared to $2.1 million in the previous year. The non-accrual balances of loans in this category increased to $7.6 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $7.3 million at year end 2010.

Consumer
Consumer loans consist of auto, marine, tractor/trailer, recreational vehicle (RV), fixed rate home equity, and other consumer installment loans. These loans totaled $1.1 billion at year end 2011. Approximately 62% of consumer loans outstanding were originated indirectly from auto and other dealers, while the remaining 38% were direct loans made to consumers. Approximately 32% of the consumer portfolio consists of automobile loans, 38% in marine and RV loans and 13% in fixed rate home equity lending. As mentioned above, total consumer loans declined $49.4 million in 2011 as a result of the run-off of $115.0 million in marine and RV loans, partly offset by growth in auto lending of $27.4 million, or 8.3%. Net charge-offs on consumer loans were $12.2 million in 2011 compared to $20.5 million in 2010. Net charge-offs decreased to 1.1% of average consumer loans in 2011 compared to 1.6% in 2010. Consumer loan net charge-offs included marine and RV loan net charge-offs of $9.8 million, which were 2.1% of average marine and RV loans in 2011, compared to 2.5% in 2010.

Revolving Home Equity
Revolving home equity loans, of which 99% are adjustable rate loans, totaled $463.6 million at year end 2011. An additional $641.3 million was available in unused lines of credit, which can be drawn at the discretion of the borrower. Home equity loans are secured mainly by second mortgages (and less frequently, first mortgages) on residential property of the borrower. The underwriting terms for the home equity line product permit borrowing availability, in the aggregate, generally up to 80% or 90% of the appraised value of the collateral property at the time of origination.

Consumer Credit Card
Total consumer credit card loans amounted to $788.7 million at December 31, 2011 and comprised 8.6% of the Company’s total loan portfolio. The credit card portfolio is concentrated within regional markets served by the Company. The Company offers a variety of credit card products, including affinity cards, rewards cards, and standard and premium credit cards, and emphasizes its credit card relationship product, Special Connections. Approximately 62% of the households in Missouri that own a Commerce credit card product also maintain a deposit relationship with the subsidiary bank. At December 31, 2011, approximately 69% of the outstanding credit card loan balances had a floating interest rate, compared to 56% in the prior year. Net charge-offs amounted to $31.6 million in 2011, a decline of $16.1 million from $47.7 million in 2010. The ratio of credit card loan net charge-offs to total average credit card loans totaled 4.2% in 2011 compared to 6.3% in 2010. These ratios, however, remain below national loss averages in those years.

Loans Held for Sale
Total loans held for sale at December 31, 2011 were $31.1 million, a decrease of $32.7 million from $63.8 million at year end 2010. Loans classified as held for sale consist of student loans and residential mortgage loans.

Most of the portfolio is comprised of loans to students attending colleges and universities, which totaled $28.5 million at December 31, 2011. These loans are normally sold to the secondary market when the student graduates and the loan enters into

28

Table of Contents

repayment status. Nearly all of these loans are based on variable rates. Because of recent legislation, the Company was required to terminate its guaranteed student loan origination business effectively July 1, 2010, and the 2011 year end balance is largely comprised of loans which have not yet been sold under agreements with various student loan servicing agencies.

The remainder of the held for sale portfolio consists of fixed rate mortgage loans, which are sold in the secondary market, generally within three months of origination. The loans are sold primarily to other financial institutions and federal agencies under industry-standard contracts which require various representations by the Company as to ownership, tax status, document delivery, and compliance with selection criteria underwriting standards, and may obligate the Company to repurchase such loans if these representations cannot be satisfied. The Company did not receive any repurchase requests in 2011, and does not believe there are any significant risks or uncertainties associated with its sales. Mortgage loans held for sale totaled $2.5 million and $10.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Allowance for Loan Losses
The Company has an established process to determine the amount of the allowance for loan losses which assesses the risks and losses inherent in its portfolio. This process provides an allowance consisting of a specific allowance component based on certain individually evaluated loans and a general component based on estimates of reserves needed for pools of loans.

Loans subject to individual evaluation generally consist of business, construction, business real estate and personal real estate loans on non-accrual status, and include troubled debt restructurings that are on non-accrual status. These non-accrual loans are evaluated individually for impairment based on factors such as payment history, borrower financial condition, collateral, current economic conditions and loss experience. For collateral dependent loans, appraisals on collateral (including exit costs) are normally obtained annually but discounted based on date last received and market conditions, so values are conservative and reasonable. From these evaluations of expected cash flows and collateral values, allowances are determined.
Loans which are not individually evaluated are segregated by loan type and sub-type and are collectively evaluated. These loans include commercial loans (business, construction and business real estate) which have been graded pass, special mention or substandard and all personal banking loans, except personal real estate loans on non-accrual status. These loans also include certain troubled debt restructurings, which are collectively evaluated because they have similar risk characteristics. Allowances determined for personal banking loans, which are generally smaller balance homogeneous type loans, use consistent methodologies which consider historical and current loss trends, delinquencies and current economic conditions. Allowances for commercial type loans, which are generally larger and more complex in structure with more unpredictable loss characteristics, use methods which consider historical and current loss trends, current loan grades, delinquencies, industry concentrations, economic conditions throughout the Company's markets as monitored by Company credit officers, and general economic conditions.
The Company’s estimate of the allowance for loan losses and the corresponding provision for loan losses rests upon various judgments and assumptions made by management. Factors that influence these judgments include past loan loss experience, current loan portfolio composition and characteristics, trends in portfolio risk ratings, levels of non-performing assets, and prevailing regional and national economic conditions. The Company has internal credit administration and loan review staffs that continuously review loan quality and report the results of their reviews and examinations to the Company’s senior management and Board of Directors. Such reviews also assist management in establishing the level of the allowance. In using this process and the information available, management must consider various assumptions and exercise considerable judgment to determine the overall level of the allowance for loan losses. Because of these subjective factors, actual outcomes of inherent losses can differ from original estimates. The Company’s subsidiary bank continues to be subject to examination by several regulatory agencies, and examinations are conducted throughout the year, targeting various segments of the loan portfolio for review. Refer to Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for additional discussion on the allowance and charge-off policies.

At December 31, 2011, the allowance for loan losses was $184.5 million compared to a balance at year end 2010 of $197.5 million. Total loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing were $15.0 million at December 31, 2011, a decrease of $5.5 million compared to year end 2010. Non-accrual loans at December 31, 2011 were $75.5 million, a decrease of $9.8 million from the prior year, and were comprised of $22.8 million of construction loans, $25.7 million of business loans and $19.4 million of business real estate loans. As the result of improving credit trends noted in the Company's analysis of the allowance, the provision for loan losses was $13.0 million less than net charge-offs for the year, thereby reducing the allowance for loan losses to $184.5 million. The percentage of allowance to loans, excluding loans held for sale, decreased to 2.01% at December 31, 2011 compared to 2.10% at year end 2010 as a result of the decrease in the allowance balance. The percentage of allowance to non-accrual loans was 244% at December 31, 2011.

Net loan charge-offs totaled $64.5 million in 2011, representing a $32.4 million decrease compared to net charge-offs of $96.9 million in 2010. Net charge-offs incurred in construction and land loans were $7.0 million, a decrease of $8.1 million compared to $15.0 million in 2010. Net charge-offs related to consumer loans decreased $8.3 million to $12.2 million at December 31, 2011,

29

Table of Contents

which included net charge-offs of $9.8 million related to marine and RV loans. Additionally, net charge-offs related to consumer credit cards were $31.6 million in 2011 compared to $47.7 million in 2010. Approximately 49.0% of total net loan charge-offs during 2011 were related to consumer credit card loans compared to 49.2% during 2010. Net consumer credit card charge-offs decreased to 4.2% of average consumer credit card loans in 2011 compared to 6.3% in 2010.

The ratio of net charge-offs to total average loans outstanding in 2011 was .70% compared to 1.00% in 2010 and 1.31% in 2009. The provision for loan losses in 2011 was $51.5 million, compared to provisions of $100.0 million in 2010 and $160.7 million in 2009.

The Company considers the allowance for loan losses of $184.5 million adequate to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio at December 31, 2011.

The schedules which follow summarize the relationship between loan balances and activity in the allowance for loan losses:
 
Years Ended December 31
(Dollars in thousands)
2011
2010
2009
2008
2007
Loans outstanding at end of year(A)
$
9,177,478

$
9,410,982

$
10,145,324

$
11,283,246

$
10,605,368

Average loans outstanding(A)
$
9,222,568

$
9,698,670

$
10,629,867

$
10,935,858

$
10,189,316

Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
$
197,538

$
194,480

$
172,619

$
133,586

$
131,730

Additions to allowance through charges to expense
51,515

100,000

160,697

108,900

42,732

Allowances of acquired companies




1,857

Loans charged off:
 
 
 
 
 
Business
6,749

8,550

15,762

7,820

5,822

Real estate — construction and land
7,893

15,199

34,812

6,215

2,049

Real estate — business
4,176

4,780

5,957

2,293

2,396

Real estate — personal
3,217

2,484

3,150

1,765

181

Consumer
16,052

24,587

35,979

26,229

14,842

Revolving home equity
1,802

2,014

1,197

447

451

Consumer credit card
39,242

54,287

54,060

35,825

28,218

Overdrafts
2,254

2,672

3,493

4,499

4,909

Total loans charged off
81,385

114,573

154,410

85,093

58,868

Recoveries of loans previously charged off:
 
 
 
 
 
Business
1,761

3,964

2,925

3,406

1,429

Real estate — construction and land
943

193

720


37

Real estate — business
613

722

709

117

1,321

Real estate — personal
445

428

363

51

42

Consumer
3,896

4,108

3,772

4,782

5,304

Revolving home equity
135

39

7

18

5

Consumer credit card
7,625

6,556

4,785

4,309

4,520

Overdrafts
1,446

1,621

2,293

2,543

3,477

Total recoveries
16,864

17,631

15,574

15,226

16,135

Net loans charged off
64,521

96,942

138,836

69,867

42,733

Balance at end of year
$
184,532

$
197,538

$
194,480

$
172,619

$
133,586

Ratio of allowance to loans at end of year
2.01
%
2.10
%
1.92
%
1.53
%
1.26
%
Ratio of provision to average loans outstanding
.56
%
1.03
%
1.51
%
1.00
%
.42
%
(A)
Net of unearned income, before deducting allowance for loan losses, excluding loans held for sale.


30

Table of Contents

 
Years Ended December 31
 
2011
2010
2009
2008
2007
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding, by loan category:
 
 
 
 
 
Business
.17
%
.16
%
.41
%
.13
%
.14
%
Real estate — construction and land
1.66

2.69

4.61

.89

.30

Real estate — business
.17

.20

.24

.10

.05

Real estate — personal
.19

.14

.18

.11

.01

Consumer
1.09

1.64

2.20

1.28

.61

Revolving home equity
.36

.41

.24

.09

.10

Consumer credit card
4.23

6.28

6.77

4.06

3.56

Overdrafts
11.62

14.42

12.27

16.40

10.36

Ratio of total net charge-offs to total average loans outstanding
.70
%
1.00
%
1.31
%
.64
%
.42
%

The following schedule provides a breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by loan category and the percentage of each loan category to total loans outstanding at year end:
(Dollars in thousands)
2011
2010
2009
2008
2007
 
 
 
Loan Loss Allowance Allocation
% of Loans to Total Loans
Loan Loss Allowance Allocation
% of Loans to Total Loans
Loan Loss Allowance Allocation
% of Loans to Total Loans
Loan Loss Allowance Allocation
% of Loans to Total Loans
Loan Loss Allowance Allocation
% of Loans to Total Loans
Business
$
49,217

30.5
%
$
47,534

31.4
%
$
40,455

28.4
%
$
35,185

30.2
%
$
29,392

30.7
%
RE — construction and land
28,280

4.2

21,316

4.9

33,659

6.6

24,714

7.4

8,507

6.3

RE — business
45,000

23.8

51,096

22.0

31,515

20.7

26,081

19.0

14,842

21.1

RE — personal
3,701

15.6

4,016

15.3

5,435

15.2

4,985

14.5

2,389

14.5

Consumer
15,369

12.1

19,449

12.4

30,257

13.1

30,503

14.3

24,611

15.6

Revolving home equity
2,220

5.1

2,502

5.1

1,737

4.8

1,445

4.4

5,839

4.3

Student




229

3.3


3.2



Consumer credit card
39,703

8.6

50,532

8.8

49,923

7.9

47,993

6.9

44,307

7.4

Overdrafts
1,042

.1

1,093

.1

1,270


1,713

.1

2,351

.1

Unallocated








1,348


Total
$
184,532

100.0
%
$
197,538

100.0
%
$
194,480

100.0
%
$
172,619

100.0
%
$
133,586

100.0
%

Risk Elements of Loan Portfolio
Management reviews the loan portfolio continuously for evidence of problem loans. During the ordinary course of business, management becomes aware of borrowers that may not be able to meet the contractual requirements of loan agreements. Such loans are placed under close supervision with consideration given to placing the loan on non-accrual status, the need for an additional allowance for loan loss, and (if appropriate) partial or full loan charge-off. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when management does not expect to collect payments consistent with acceptable and agreed upon terms of repayment. Loans that are 90 days past due as to principal and/or interest payments are generally placed on non-accrual, unless they are both well-secured and in the process of collection, or they are consumer loans that are exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as non-accrual. Consumer installment loans and related accrued interest are normally charged down to the fair value of related collateral (or are charged off in full if no collateral) once the loans are more than 120 days delinquent. Credit card loans and the related accrued interest are charged off when the receivable is more than 180 days past due. After a loan is placed on non-accrual status, any interest previously accrued but not yet collected is reversed against current income. Interest is included in income only as received and only after all previous loan charge-offs have been recovered, so long as management is satisfied there is no impairment of collateral values. The loan is returned to accrual status only when the borrower has brought all past due principal and interest payments current and, in the opinion of management, the borrower has demonstrated the ability to make future payments of principal and interest as scheduled.









31

Table of Contents

The following schedule shows non-performing assets and loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest.
 
December 31
(Dollars in thousands)
2011
2010
2009
2008
2007
Non-performing assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Non-accrual loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Business
$
25,724

$
8,933

$
12,874

$
4,007

$
4,700

Real estate — construction and land
22,772

52,752

62,509

48,871

7,769

Real estate — business
19,374

16,242

21,756

13,137

5,628

Real estate — personal
7,612

7,348

9,384

6,794

1,095

Consumer


90

87

547

Total non-accrual loans
75,482

85,275

106,613

72,896

19,739

Real estate acquired in foreclosure
18,321

12,045

10,057

6,181

13,678

Total non-performing assets
$
93,803

$
97,320

$
116,670

$
79,077

$
33,417

Non-performing assets as a percentage of total loans
1.02
%
1.03
%
1.15
%
.70
%
.32
%
Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets
.45
%
.53
%
.64
%
.45
%
.21
%
Past due 90 days and still accruing interest:
 
 
 
 
 
Business
$
595

$
854

$
3,672

$
1,459

$
1,427

Real estate — construction and land
121

217

1,184

466

768

Real estate — business
29


402

1,472

281

Real estate — personal
3,045

3,554

3,102

4,717

5,131

Consumer
2,230

2,867

3,042

4,346

2,676

Revolving home equity
643

825

878

440

700

Student


14,346

14,018

1

Consumer credit card
8,295

12,149

16,006

13,046

9,902

Total past due 90 days and still accruing interest
$
14,958

$
20,466

$
42,632

$
39,964

$
20,886

    
The table below shows the effect on interest income in 2011 of loans on non-accrual status at year end.
(In thousands)
 
Gross amount of interest that would have been recorded at original rate
$
7,058

Interest that was reflected in income
1,471

Interest income not recognized
$
5,587


Non-accrual loans, which are also classified as impaired, totaled $75.5 million at year end 2011, a decrease of $9.8 million from the balance at year end 2010. The decrease in non-accrual loans primarily consisted of a decrease of $30.0 million in real estate construction and land loans, partially offset by a $16.8 million increase in business loans. The decline in real estate construction and land non-accrual loans were largely due to loan foreclosures of $9.3 million, in addition to pay downs and charge-offs. The increase in business non-accrual loans resulted mainly from two loans totaling $17.0 million, which were placed on non-accrual status in 2011. At December 31, 2011, non-accrual loans were comprised primarily of business loans (34.1%), construction and land real estate loans (30.2%) and business real estate loans (25.7%). Foreclosed real estate increased $6.3 million to a total of $18.3 million at year end 2011. The 2011 balance includes a construction project valued at $9.9 million, of which $4.9 million represents the interests of several outside participating banks. Total non-performing assets remain low compared to the overall banking industry in 2011, with the non-performing loans to total loans ratio at 1.02% at December 31, 2011. Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest decreased $5.5 million at year end 2011 compared to 2010, mainly due to a $3.9 million decrease in consumer credit card delinquencies.

In addition to the non-performing and past due loans mentioned above, the Company also has identified loans for which management has concerns about the ability of the borrowers to meet existing repayment terms. They are classified as substandard under the Company’s internal rating system. The loans are generally secured by either real estate or other borrower assets, reducing the potential for loss should they become non-performing. Although these loans are generally identified as potential problem loans, they may never become non-performing. Such loans totaled $250.7 million at December 31, 2011 compared with $233.5 million at December 31, 2010, resulting in an increase of $17.2 million, or 7.4%. The increase was primarily due to a $19.6 million increase in business real estate loans, which was partially offset by decreases in the other loan categories. While these substandard-classified loans increased at year end 2011 compared to 2010, other loans classified as special mention declined $79.1 million, as shown in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

32

Table of Contents

 
December 31
(In thousands)
2011
2010
Potential problem loans:
 
 
Business
$
75,213

$
79,640

Real estate – construction and land
54,696

51,589

Real estate – business
113,652

94,063

Real estate – personal
6,900

7,910

Consumer
208

284

Total potential problem loans
$
250,669

$
233,486


At December 31, 2011, the Company had identified approximately $97.9 million of loans whose terms have been modified or restructured under a troubled debt restructuring. These loans have been extended to borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulty and who have been granted a concession, as defined by accounting guidance. Of this balance, $34.1 million have been placed on non-accrual status. Of the remaining $63.8 million, approximately $41.3 million were commercial loans (business, construction and business real estate) classified as substandard, which were renewed at interest rates that were not judged to be market rates for new debt with similar risk. These loans are performing under their modified terms and the Company believes it probable that all amounts due under the modified terms of the agreements will be collected. However, because of their substandard classification, they are included as potential problem loans in the table above. An additional $22.4 million in troubled debt restructurings were composed of certain credit card loans under various debt management and assistance programs. These restructured loans are considered impaired for purposes of determining the allowance for loan losses, as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.

Loans with Special Risk Characteristics
Management relies primarily on an internal risk rating system, in addition to delinquency status, to assess risk in the loan portfolio, and these statistics are presented in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. However, certain types of loans are considered at high risk of loss due to their terms, location, or special conditions. Construction and land loans and business real estate loans are subject to higher risk as a result of the current weak economic climate and issues in the housing industry. Certain personal real estate products (residential first mortgages and home equity loans) have contractual features that could increase credit exposure in a market of declining real estate prices, when interest rates are steadily increasing, or when a geographic area experiences an economic downturn. For these personal real estate loans, higher risks could exist when 1) loan terms require a minimum monthly payment that covers only interest, or 2) loan-to-collateral value (LTV) ratios at origination are above 80%, with no private mortgage insurance. Information presented below for personal real estate and home equity loans is based on LTV ratios which were calculated with valuations at loan origination date. The Company does not attempt to obtain updated appraisals or valuations unless the loans become significantly delinquent or are in the process of being foreclosed upon. For credit monitoring purposes, the Company relies on delinquency monitoring along with obtaining refreshed FICO scores, and in the case of home equity loans, reviewing line utilization and credit bureau information annually. This has remained an effective means of evaluating credit trends and identifying problem loans, partly because the Company offers standard, conservative lending products.

Real Estate - Construction and Land Loans

The Company’s portfolio of construction loans, as shown in the table below, amounted to 4.2% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2011.

(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
% of Total
% of Total Loans
December 31, 2010
% of Total
% of Total Loans
Residential land
 and land development
$
70,708

18.3
%
.8
%
$
112,963

24.5
%
1.2
%
Residential construction
70,009

18.1

.7

80,516

17.5

.9

Commercial land
 and land development
97,379

25.2

1.1

115,106

25.0

1.2

Commercial construction
148,502

38.4

1.6

152,268

33.0

1.6

Total real estate – construction and land loans
$
386,598

100.0
%
4.2
%
$
460,853

100.0
%
4.9
%





33

Table of Contents

Real Estate – Business Loans
Total business real estate loans were $2.2 billion at December 31, 2011 and comprised 23.8% of the Company’s total loan portfolio. These loans include properties such as manufacturing and warehouse buildings, small office and medical buildings, churches, hotels and motels, shopping centers, and other commercial properties. Approximately 49% of these loans were for owner-occupied real estate properties, which present lower risk profiles.
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2011
% of Total
% of Total Loans
December 31, 2010
% of Total
% of Total Loans
Owner-occupied
$
1,057,652

48.5
%
11.5
%
$
990,892

48.0
%
10.5
%
Office
270,200

12.3

3.0

254,882

12.4

2.7

Retail
226,447

10.4

2.5

226,418

11.0

2.4

Multi-family
174,285

8.0

1.9

143,051

6.9

1.5

Farm
121,966

5.6

1.3

120,388

5.8

1.3

Hotels
119,039

5.5

1.3

108,127

5.2

1.2

Industrial
98,092

4.5

1.1

118,159

5.7

1.3

Other
112,419

5.2

1.2

103,920

5.0

1.1

Total real estate - business loans
$
2,180,100

100.0
%
23.8
%
$
2,065,837

100.0
%
22.0
%

Real Estate - Personal Loans
The Company’s $1.4 billion personal real estate portfolio is composed of loans collateralized with residential real estate. Approximately $1.2 billion of this portfolio is comprised of loans made to the retail customer base, and includes both adjustable rate mortgage loans and certain fixed rate loans, which are retained by the Company as directed by its Asset/Liability Management Committee. As shown in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, 7.5% of the retail based portfolio has FICO scores of less than 660, and delinquency levels have been low. Loans of approximately $15.2 million in this portfolio were structured with interest only payments. Interest only loans are typically made to high net-worth borrowers and generally have low LTV ratios or have additional collateral pledged to secure the loan and, therefore, they are not perceived to represent above normal credit risk. Loans originated with interest only payments were not made to "qualify" the borrower for a lower payment amount. 

Also included in this portfolio are personal real estate loans made to commercial customers, which totaled $225.8 million at December 31, 2011. This group of loans has an original weighted average term of approximately 6 years, with 70% of the balance in fixed rate loans and 30% in floating rate loans.

The following table presents information about the retail based personal real estate loan portfolio for 2011 and 2010.
 
2011
 
2010
(Dollars in thousands)
Principal Outstanding at December 31
% of Loan Portfolio
 
Principal Outstanding at December 31
% of Loan Portfolio
Loans with interest only payments
$
15,186

1.3
%
 
$
18,191

1.5
%
Loans with no insurance and LTV:
 
 
 
 
 
Between 80% and 90%
78,446

6.5

 
86,191

7.1

Between 90% and 95%
25,131

2.1

 
25,851

2.2

Over 95%
38,995

3.2

 
42,738

3.5

Over 80% LTV with no insurance
142,572

11.8

 
154,780

12.8

Total loan portfolio from which above loans were identified
1,205,462

 
 
1,210,939

 









34

Table of Contents

Revolving Home Equity Loans
The Company also has revolving home equity loans that are generally collateralized by residential real estate. Most of these loans (94.5%) are written with terms requiring interest only monthly payments. These loans are offered in three main product lines: LTV up to 80%, 80% to 90%, and 90% to 100%. As shown in the tables below, the percentage of loans with LTV ratios greater than 80% has remained a small segment of this portfolio, and delinquencies have been low and stable.
(Dollars in thousands)
Principal Outstanding at December 31, 2011
*
New Lines Originated During 2011
*
Unused Portion of Available Lines at December 31, 2011
*
Balances Over 30 Days Past Due
*
Loans with interest only payments
$
438,123

94.5
%

$19,607

4.2
%

$631,719

136.3
%

$1,301

.3
%
Loans with LTV:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Between 80% and 90%
51,520

11.1

7,802

1.7

39,212

8.4

350

.1

Over 90%
18,653

4.0

150


10,961

2.4

255


Over 80% LTV
70,173

15.1

7,952

1.7

50,173

10.8
%
605

.1

Total loan portfolio from which above loans were identified
463,587

 
121,149

 
651,108

 
 
 
* Percentage of total principal outstanding of $463.6 million at December 31, 2011.

(Dollars in thousands)
Principal Outstanding at December 31, 2010



*
New Lines Originated During 2010
*
Unused Portion of Available Lines at December 31, 2010
*
Balances Over 30 Days Past Due
*
Loans with interest only payments
$
454,693

95.2
%

$31,472

6.6
%

$647,928

135.7
%

$1,340

.3
%
Loans with LTV:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Between 80% and 90%
57,553

12.0

7,019

1.5

39,949

8.4

364

.1

Over 90%
21,301

4.5

865

.2

13,384

2.8

327


Over 80% LTV
78,854

16.5

7,884

1.7

53,333

11.2

691

.1

Total loan portfolio from which above loans were identified
477,518

 
121,428

 
665,701

 
 
 
* Percentage of total principal outstanding of $477.5 million at December 31, 2010.

Fixed Rate Home Equity Loans
In addition to the residential real estate mortgage loans and the revolving floating rate line product discussed above, the Company offers a third choice to those consumers desiring a fixed rate loan and a fixed maturity date. This fixed rate home equity loan, typically for home repair or remodeling, is an alternative for individuals who want to finance a specific project or purchase and decide to lock in a specific monthly payment over a defined period. Outstanding balances for these loans were $142.0 million and $132.7 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. At times, these loans are written with interest only monthly payments and a balloon payoff at maturity; however, less than 5% of the outstanding balance has interest only payments at December 31, 2011. The delinquency history on this product has been low, as balances over 30 days past due totaled only $1.6 million, or 1.2%, of the portfolio, and $1.7 million, or 1.3% of the portfolio, at year end 2011 and 2010, respectively.
 
2011
 
2010
(Dollars in thousands)
Principal Outstanding at December 31
*
New Loans Originated
*
 
Principal Outstanding at December 31
*
New Loans Originated
*
Loans with interest only payments
$
5,965

4.2
%

$8,669

6.1
%
 
$
8,620

6.5
%

$9,954

7.5
%
Loans with LTV:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Between 80% and 90%
19,346

13.6

8,520

6.0

 
17,597

13.3

5,540

4.2

Over 90%
18,599

13.1

4,098

2.9

 
21,653

16.3

4,677

3.5

Over 80% LTV
37,945

26.7

12,618

8.9

 
39,250

29.6

10,217

7.7

Total loan portfolio from which above loans were identified
141,977

 
 
 
 
132,706

 
 
 
* Percentage of total principal outstanding of $142.0 million and $132.7 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.





35

Table of Contents

Management does not believe these loans collateralized by real estate (personal real estate, revolving home equity, and fixed rate home equity) represent any unusual concentrations of risk, as evidenced by net charge-offs in 2011 of $2.8 million, $1.7 million and $782 thousand, respectively. The amount of any increased potential loss on high LTV agreements relates mainly to amounts advanced that are in excess of the 80% collateral calculation, not the entire approved line. The Company currently offers no subprime first mortgage or home equity loans. These are characterized as new loans to customers with FICO scores below 650 for home equity loans, 660 for government-insured first mortgages, and 680 for all other conventional first mortgages. The Company does not purchase brokered loans.

Other Consumer Loans
Within the consumer loan portfolio are several direct and indirect product lines, comprised of loans secured by automobiles and other passenger vehicles, marine and RVs. During 2011, $222.3 million of new automobile loans were originated, compared to $162.2 million during 2010. The Company experienced rapid growth in marine and RV loans in 2006 through 2008, and the majority of these loans were outside the Company’s basic five state branch network. However, due to continuing weak credit and economic conditions, this loan product was curtailed in mid 2008. The loss ratios experienced for marine and RV loans have been higher than for other consumer loan products in recent years, at 2.1% and 2.5% in 2011 and 2010, respectively, but balances over 30 days past due have decreased $1.4 million from 2010. The table below provides the total outstanding principal and other data for this group of direct and indirect lending products at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 
2011
 
2010
(In thousands)
Principal Outstanding at December 31
New Loans Originated
Balances Over 30 Days Past Due
 
Principal Outstanding at December 31
New Loans Originated
Balances Over 30 Days Past Due
Passenger vehicles
$
357,575

$
222,268

$
2,606

 
$
330,212

$
162,212

$
3,050

Marine
113,770

1,488

3,703

 
147,080

1,207

4,170

RV
306,383


6,702

 
388,082

60
7,661

Total
$
777,728

$
223,756

$
13,011

 
$
865,374

$
163,479

$
14,881


Additionally, the Company offers low introductory rates on selected consumer credit card products. Out of a portfolio at December 31, 2011 of $788.7 million in consumer credit card loans outstanding, approximately $119.0 million, or 15.1%, carried a low introductory rate. Within the next six months, $56.8 million of these loans are scheduled to convert to the ongoing higher contractual rate. To mitigate some of the risk involved with this credit card product, the Company performs credit checks and detailed analysis of the customer borrowing profile before approving the loan application. Management believes that the risks in the consumer loan portfolio are reasonable and the anticipated loss ratios are within acceptable parameters.

Investment Securities Analysis
Investment securities are comprised of securities which are available for sale, non-marketable, and held for trading. During 2011, total investment securities increased $1.9 billion, or 25.6%, to $9.1 billion (excluding unrealized gains/losses) compared to $7.3 billion at the previous year end. During 2011, securities of $4.4 billion were purchased, which included $2.4 billion in agency mortgage-backed securities and $1.4 billion in asset-backed securities. Total sales, maturities and pay downs were $2.6 billion during 2011. During 2012, maturities of approximately $1.6 billion are expected to occur. The average tax equivalent yield earned on total investment securities was 2.93% in 2011 and 3.40% in 2010.
  
At December 31, 2011, the fair value of available for sale securities was $9.2 billion, including a net unrealized gain in fair value of $212.6 million, compared to a net unrealized gain of $129.5 million at December 31, 2010. The overall unrealized gain in fair value at December 31, 2011 included gains of $116.6 million in agency mortgage-backed securities, $36.1 million in U.S. government and federal agency obligations, $24.4 million in state and municipal obligations, and $23.3 million in marketable equity securities held by the Parent.










36

Table of Contents

Available for sale investment securities at year end for the past two years are shown below:
 
December 31
(In thousands)
2011
2010
Amortized Cost
 
 
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
$
328,530

$
434,878

Government-sponsored enterprise obligations
311,529

200,061

State and municipal obligations
1,220,840

1,117,020

Agency mortgage-backed securities
3,989,464

2,437,123

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
315,752

459,363

Asset-backed securities
2,692,436

2,342,866

Other debt securities
135,190

165,883

Equity securities
18,354

7,569

Total available for sale investment securities
$
9,012,095

$
7,164,763

Fair Value
 
 
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
$
364,665

$
455,537

Government-sponsored enterprise obligations
315,698

201,895

State and municipal obligations
1,245,284

1,119,485

Agency mortgage-backed securities
4,106,059

2,491,199

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
316,902

455,790

Asset-backed securities
2,693,143

2,354,260

Other debt securities
141,260

176,964

Equity securities
41,691

39,173

Total available for sale investment securities
$
9,224,702

$
7,294,303


The largest component of the available for sale portfolio consists of agency mortgage-backed securities, which are collateralized bonds issued by agencies, including FNMA, GNMA, FHLMC, FHLB, Federal Farm Credit Banks and FDIC. Non-agency mortgage-backed securities totaled $316.9 million, at fair value, at December 31, 2011, and included Alt-A type mortgage-backed securities of $131.8 million and prime/jumbo loan type securities of $185.1 million. Certain of the non-agency mortgage-backed securities are other-than-temporarily impaired, and the processes for determining impairment and the related losses are discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements. The portfolio does not have exposure to subprime originated mortgage-backed or collateralized debt obligation instruments.

At December 31, 2011, U.S. government obligations included $356.5 million in U.S. Treasury inflation-protected securities, and state and municipal obligations included $135.6 million in auction rate securities, at fair value. Other debt securities include corporate bonds, notes and commercial paper. Available for sale equity securities are mainly comprised of publicly traded stock held by the Parent which totaled $26.7 million at December 31, 2011.

The types of debt securities in the available for sale security portfolio are presented in the table below. Additional detail by maturity category is provided in Note 3 on Investment Securities in the consolidated financial statements.
 
December 31, 2011



Percent of Total Debt Securities
Weighted Average Yield
Estimated Average Maturity*
Available for sale debt securities:
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
4.0
%
1.65
%
5.2

years
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations
3.4

1.99

6.7

 
State and municipal obligations
13.6

2.79

7.6

 
Agency mortgage-backed securities
44.7

3.07

4.1

 
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
3.5

6.10

3.5

 
Asset-backed securities
29.3

1.12

1.7

 
Other debt securities
1.5

4.50

1.1

 
*Based on call provisions and estimated prepayment speeds.

37

Table of Contents

Non-marketable securities, which totaled $115.8 million at December 31, 2011, included $30.6 million in Federal Reserve Bank stock and $14.7 million in Federal Home Loan Bank (Des Moines) stock held by the bank subsidiary in accordance with debt and regulatory requirements. These are restricted securities which, lacking a market, are carried at cost. Other non-marketable securities also include private equity securities which are carried at estimated fair value.

The Company engages in private equity activities through direct private equity investments and through three private equity subsidiaries. These subsidiaries hold investments in various business entities, which are carried at fair value and totaled $67.0 million at December 31, 2011. The Company expects to fund an additional $12.2 million to these subsidiaries for investment purposes over the next several years. In addition to investments held by its private equity subsidiaries, the Parent directly holds investments in several private equity concerns, which totaled $2.7 million at year end 2011. Most of the private equity investments are not readily marketable. While the nature of these investments carries a higher degree of risk than the normal lending portfolio, this risk is mitigated by the overall size of the investments and oversight provided by management, and management believes the potential for long-term gains in these investments outweighs the potential risks.

Non-marketable securities at year end for the past two years are shown below:
 
December 31
(In thousands)
2011
2010
Debt securities
$
31,683

$
24,327

Equity securities
84,149

79,194

Total non-marketable investment securities
$
115,832

$
103,521


Deposits and Borrowings
Deposits are the primary funding source for the Bank and are acquired from a broad base of local markets, including both individual and corporate customers. Total deposits were $16.8 billion at December 31, 2011, compared to $15.1 billion last year, reflecting an increase of $1.7 billion, or 11.4%. This growth was largely driven by borrower and investor caution in an uncertain economic climate. Average deposits grew by $1.3 billion, or 9.1%, in 2011 compared to 2010 with most of this growth centered in interest checking and money market deposits, where the average balance grew $917.6 million, or 13.5%, in 2011 compared to 2010. Certificates of deposit with balances under $100,000 fell on average by $369.3 million, or 22.2%, while certificates of deposit over $100,000 increased by $85.8 million, or 6.5%.

The following table shows year end deposits by type as a percentage of total deposits.
 
December 31
 
2011
2010
Non-interest bearing
32.0
%
29.8
%
Savings, interest checking and money market
53.2

52.0

Time open and C.D.’s of less than $100,000
6.9

9.7

Time open and C.D.’s of $100,000 and over
7.9

8.5

Total deposits
100.0
%
100.0
%

Core deposits, which include non-interest bearing, interest checking, savings, and money market deposits, supported 71% of average earning assets in 2011 and 67% in 2010. Average balances by major deposit category for the last six years appear on page 52. A maturity schedule of time deposits outstanding at December 31, 2011 is included in Note 6 on Deposits in the consolidated financial statements.
    
The Company’s primary sources of overnight borrowings are federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements). Balances in these accounts can fluctuate significantly on a day-to-day basis, and generally have one day maturities. The Company also holds $400.0 million in long-term structured repurchase agreements that will mature in 2013 and 2014. Total balances of federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements outstanding at year end 2011 were $1.3 billion, a $273.3 million increase over the $982.8 million balance outstanding at year end 2010. On an average basis, these borrowings decreased $50.1 million, or 4.6%, during 2011, with decreases of $44.1 million in federal funds purchased and $6.0 million in repurchase agreements. The average rate paid on total federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements was .17% during 2011 and .24% during 2010.
    
Most of the Company’s long-term debt is comprised of fixed rate advances from the FHLB. These borrowings declined from $104.7 million at December 31, 2010, to $104.3 million outstanding at December 31, 2011. The average rate paid on FHLB advances was 3.60% during 2011 and 3.30% during 2010. Most of the remaining balance outstanding at December 31, 2011 is due in 2017.

38

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity Management
Liquidity is managed within the Company in order to satisfy cash flow requirements of deposit and borrowing customers while at the same time meeting its own cash flow needs. The Company maintains its liquidity position through a variety of sources including:
A portfolio of liquid assets including marketable investment securities and overnight investments,
A large customer deposit base and limited exposure to large, volatile certificates of deposit,
Lower long-term borrowings that might place demands on Company cash flow,
Relatively low loan to deposit ratio promoting strong liquidity,
Excellent debt ratings from both Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s national rating services, and
Available borrowing capacity from outside sources.
Since 2008, when some of the major banking institutions experienced severe capital erosion, liquidity risk has been a concern affecting the general banking industry. The Company has taken numerous steps to address liquidity risk, and over the past few years has developed a variety of liquidity sources which it believes will provide the necessary funds for future growth. Over the past several years, overall liquidity improved significantly throughout the banking industry and within the Company as a result of growth in deposits, a decline in loans outstanding and growth in marketable securities. As a result, the Company’s average loans to deposits ratio, one measure of liquidity, decreased from 70.0% in 2010 to 59.2% in 2011.

The Company’s most liquid assets include available for sale marketable investment securities, federal funds sold, balances at the Federal Reserve Bank, and securities purchased under agreements to resell (resell agreements). At December 31, 2011 and 2010, such assets were as follows:
(In thousands)
2011
2010
Available for sale investment securities
$
9,224,702

$
7,294,303

Federal funds sold
11,870

10,135

Long-term securities purchased under agreements to resell
850,000

450,000

Balances at the Federal Reserve Bank
39,853

122,076

Total
$
10,126,425

$
7,876,514


Federal funds sold, which are sold to the Company’s correspondent bank customers and have overnight maturities, totaled $11.9 million at December 31, 2011. During 2010 and 2011, the Company purchased $850.0 million in long-term resell agreements from other large financial institutions, that mature between 2012 and 2014. Under these agreements, the Company holds marketable securities as collateral, which totaled $894.4 million in fair value at December 31, 2011. Interest earning balances at the Federal Reserve Bank, which have overnight maturities and are used for general liquidity purposes, totaled $39.9 million at December 31, 2011. The Company’s available for sale investment portfolio has maturities of approximately $1.6 billion which are scheduled to occur during 2012 and offers substantial resources to meet either new loan demand or reductions in the Company’s deposit funding base. The Company pledges portions of its investment securities portfolio to secure public fund deposits, repurchase agreements, trust funds, letters of credit issued by the FHLB, and borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank. At December 31, 2011, total investment securities pledged for these purposes were as follows:

(In thousands)
2011
Investment securities pledged for the purpose of securing:
 
Federal Reserve Bank borrowings
$
642,306

FHLB borrowings and letters of credit
111,860

Repurchase agreements
2,048,074

Other deposits
1,537,414

Total pledged securities
4,339,654

Unpledged and available for pledging
4,374,898

Ineligible for pledging
510,150

Total available for sale securities, at fair value
$
9,224,702



39

Table of Contents

Liquidity is also available from the Company’s large base of core customer deposits, defined as non-interest bearing, interest checking, savings, and money market deposit accounts. At December 31, 2011, such deposits totaled $14.3 billion and represented 85.2% of the Company’s total deposits. These core deposits are normally less volatile, often with customer relationships tied to other products offered by the Company promoting long lasting relationships and stable funding sources. During 2011, total core deposits increased $2.0 billion, mainly in non-interest bearing and money market accounts. This increase was comprised of growth in consumer deposits of $879.7 million and corporate and non-personal deposits of $1.1 billion. Some of the growth in corporate deposits was the result of a tendency by businesses to maintain higher levels of liquidity, in addition to low rate investment alternatives. While the Company considers core consumer deposits less volatile, corporate deposits could decline if interest rates increase significantly or if corporate customers increase investing activities and move funds from the Company. In order to address funding needs should these corporate deposits decline, the Company maintains adequate levels of earning assets maturing in 2012, as noted above. Time open and certificates of deposit of $100,000 or greater totaled $1.3 billion at December 31, 2011. These deposits are normally considered more volatile and higher costing, and comprised 7.9% of total deposits at December 31, 2011.
(In thousands)
2011
2010
Core deposit base:
 
 
Non-interest bearing
$
5,377,549

$
4,494,028

Interest checking
968,430

818,359

Savings and money market
7,965,511

7,028,472

Total
$
14,311,490

$
12,340,859


Other important components of liquidity are the level of borrowings from third party sources and the availability of future credit. The Company’s outside borrowings are mainly comprised of federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements, and advances from the FHLB, as follows:
(In thousands)
2011
2010
Borrowings:
 
 
Federal funds purchased
$
153,330

$
4,910

Repurchase agreements
1,102,751

977,917

FHLB advances
104,302

104,675

Other long-term debt
7,515

7,598

Total
$
1,367,898

$
1,095,100


Federal funds purchased, which totaled $153.3 million at December 31, 2011, are unsecured overnight borrowings obtained mainly from upstream correspondent banks with which the Company maintains approved lines of credit. Repurchase agreements are secured by a portion of the Company’s investment portfolio and are comprised of both non-insured customer funds, totaling $702.8 million at December 31, 2011, and structured repurchase agreements of $400.0 million. Customer repurchase agreements are offered to customers wishing to earn interest in highly liquid balances and are used by the Company as a funding source considered to be stable, but short-term in nature. The structured repurchase agreements were borrowed from an upstream financial institution and are due in 2013 and 2014. The Company also borrows on a secured basis through advances from the FHLB, which totaled $104.3 million at December 31, 2011. All of these advances have fixed interest rates and mature in 2012 through 2017. The Company’s other borrowings are mainly comprised of debt related to the Company’s private equity business. The overall long-term debt position of the Company is small relative to the Company’s overall liability position.

The Company pledges certain assets, including loans and investment securities, to both the Federal Reserve Bank and the FHLB as security to establish lines of credit and borrow from these entities. Based on the amount and type of collateral pledged, the FHLB establishes a collateral value from which the Company may draw advances against the collateral. Also, this collateral is used to enable the FHLB to issue letters of credit in favor of public fund depositors of the Company. The Federal Reserve Bank also establishes a collateral value of assets pledged and permits borrowings from the discount window. The following table reflects the collateral value of assets pledged, borrowings, and letters of credit outstanding, in addition to the estimated future funding capacity available to the Company at December 31, 2011.


40

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2011
(In thousands)
FHLB
Federal Reserve
Total
Total collateral value pledged
$
1,901,890

$
1,403,421

$
3,305,311

Advances outstanding
(104,302
)

(104,302
)
Letters of credit issued
(169,497
)

(169,497
)
Available for future advances
$
1,628,091

$
1,403,421

$
3,031,512


The Company’s average loans to deposits ratio was 59.2% at December 31, 2011, which is considered in the banking industry to be a conservative measure of good liquidity. Also, the Company receives outside ratings from both Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s on both the consolidated company and its subsidiary bank, Commerce Bank. These ratings are as follows:
 
Standard & Poor’s
Moody’s
Commerce Bancshares, Inc.
 
 
Issuer rating
A-
 
Commercial paper rating

P-1
Rating outlook
Stable
Stable
Commerce Bank
 
 
Issuer rating
A
Aa2
Bank financial strength rating

B+
Rating outlook
Stable
Stable

The Company considers these ratings to be indications of a sound capital base and good liquidity and believes that these ratings would help ensure the ready marketability of its commercial paper, should the need arise. No commercial paper has been outstanding during the past ten years. The Company has no subordinated or hybrid debt instruments which would affect future borrowings capacity. Because of its lack of significant long-term debt, the Company believes that, through its Capital Markets Group or in other public debt markets, it could generate additional liquidity from sources such as jumbo certificates of deposit, privately-placed corporate notes or other forms of debt. Future financing could also include the issuance of common or preferred stock.

The cash flows from the operating, investing and financing activities of the Company resulted in a net increase in cash and cash equivalents of $56.9 million in 2011, as reported in the consolidated statements of cash flows on page 60 of this report. Operating activities, consisting mainly of net income adjusted for certain non-cash items, provided cash flow of $407.4 million and has historically been a stable source of funds. Investing activities used total cash of $2.2 billion in 2011 and consisted mainly of purchases and maturities of available for sale investment securities, changes in long-term securities purchased under agreements to resell, and changes in the level of the Company’s loan portfolio. Growth in the investment securities portfolio used cash of $1.9 billion, and net purchases of long-term resell agreements used cash of $400.0 million. The decline in the loan portfolio provided cash of $169.0 million. Investing activities are somewhat unique to financial institutions in that, while large sums of cash flow are normally used to fund growth in investment securities, loans, or other bank assets, they are normally dependent on the financing activities described below.

Financing activities provided total cash of $1.8 billion, resulting from a $1.7 billion increase in deposits and a net increase of $273.3 million in borrowings of federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements. These increases to cash were partly offset by purchases of treasury stock of $101.2 million and cash dividend payments of $79.1 million. Future short-term liquidity needs for daily operations are not expected to vary significantly, and the Company maintains adequate liquidity to meet these cash flows. The Company’s sound equity base, along with its low debt level, common and preferred stock availability, and excellent debt ratings, provide several alternatives for future financing. Future acquisitions may utilize partial funding through one or more of these options.










41

Table of Contents

Cash flows resulting from the Company’s transactions in its common stock were as follows:
(In millions)
2011
2010
2009
Stock sale program
$

$

$
98.2

Exercise of stock-based awards and sales to affiliate non-employee directors
15.3

11.3

5.5

Purchases of treasury stock
(101.2
)
(41.0
)
(.5
)
Cash dividends paid
(79.1
)
(78.2
)
(74.7
)
Cash provided (used)
$
(165.0
)
$
(107.9
)
$
28.5


The Parent faces unique liquidity constraints due to legal limitations on its ability to borrow funds from its bank subsidiary. The Parent obtains funding to meet its obligations from two main sources: dividends received from bank and non-bank subsidiaries (within regulatory limitations) and from management fees charged to subsidiaries as reimbursement for services provided by the Parent, as presented below:
(In millions)
2011
2010
2009
Dividends received from subsidiaries
$
180.1

$
105.1

$
45.1

Management fees
19.3

22.6

46.6

Total
$
199.4

$
127.7

$
91.7


These sources of funds are used mainly to pay cash dividends on outstanding common stock, pay general operating expenses, and purchase treasury stock when appropriate. At December 31, 2011, the Parent’s available for sale investment securities totaled $74.6 million at fair value, consisting mainly of publicly traded common stock and non-agency backed collateralized mortgage obligations. To support its various funding commitments, the Parent maintains a $20.0 million line of credit with its subsidiary bank. There were no borrowings outstanding under the line during 2011 or 2010.

Company senior management is responsible for measuring and monitoring the liquidity profile of the organization with oversight by the Company’s Asset/Liability Committee. This is done through a series of controls, including a written Contingency Funding Policy and risk monitoring procedures, which include daily, weekly and monthly reporting. In addition, the Company prepares forecasts to project changes in the balance sheet affecting liquidity and to allow the Company to better plan for forecasted changes.

Capital Management
The Company maintains strong regulatory capital ratios, including those of its banking subsidiary, in excess of the “well-capitalized” guidelines under federal banking regulations. The Company’s capital ratios at the end of the last three years are as follows:
 
 
 
2011
2010
2009
Well-Capitalized Regulatory Guidelines
Regulatory risk-based capital ratios:
 
 
 
 
Tier I capital
14.71
%
14.38
%
13.04
%
6.00
%
Total capital
16.04

15.75

14.39

10.00

Leverage ratio
9.55

10.17

9.58

5.00

Tangible common equity to assets
9.91

10.27

9.71

 
Dividend payout ratio
31.06

35.52

44.15

 

The Company’s regulatory risked-based capital amounts and risk-weighted assets at the end of the last three years are as follows:
(In thousands)
2011
2010
2009
Regulatory risk-based capital:
 
 
 
Tier I capital
$
1,928,690

$
1,828,965

$
1,708,901

Tier II capital
174,711

173,681

177,077

Total capital
2,103,401

2,002,646

1,885,978

Total risk-weighted assets
13,115,261

12,717,868

13,105,948




42

Table of Contents

The Company maintains a stock buyback program and purchases stock in the market under authorizations by its Board of Directors. During 2011 the Company purchased 2,621,918 shares of stock at an average cost of $38.58 per share. At December 31, 2011, 2,999,300 shares remained available for purchase under the current Board authorization.

The Company’s common stock dividend policy reflects its earnings outlook, desired payout ratios, the need to maintain adequate capital levels and alternative investment options. Per share cash dividends paid by the Company increased 2.7% in 2011 compared with 2010. The Company paid its eighteenth consecutive annual stock dividend in December 2011.

Common Equity Offering
On February 27, 2009, the Company entered into an equity distribution agreement with a broker dealer, acting as the Company’s sales agent, relating to the offering of the Company’s common stock. Sales of these shares were made by means of brokers’ transactions on or through the Nasdaq Global Select Market, trading facilities of national securities associations or alternative trading systems, block transactions and such other transactions as agreed upon by the Company and the sales agent, at market prices prevailing at the time of the sale or at prices related to the prevailing market prices.  On July 31, 2009, the Company terminated the offering.

Total shares sold under the offering amounted to 2,894,773. Total gross proceeds for the entire offering were $100.0 million, with an average sale price of $34.55 per share, and total commissions paid to the sales agent for the sale of these shares were $1.5 million. After payment of commissions and SEC, legal and accounting fees relating to the offering, net proceeds for the entire offering totaled $98.2 million, with average net sale proceeds of $33.91 per share.

Commitments, Contractual Obligations, and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
In the normal course of business, various commitments and contingent liabilities arise which are not required to be recorded on the balance sheet. The most significant of these are loan commitments, totaling $7.6 billion (including approximately $3.5 billion in unused approved credit card lines), and the contractual amount of standby letters of credit, totaling $377.1 million at December 31, 2011. As many commitments expire unused or only partially used, these totals do not necessarily reflect future cash requirements. Management does not anticipate any material losses arising from commitments or contingent liabilities and believes there are no material commitments to extend credit that represent risks of an unusual nature.

A table summarizing contractual cash obligations of the Company at December 31, 2011 and the expected timing of these payments follows:
 
Payments Due by Period
 
 
(In thousands)
In One Year or Less
After One Year Through Three Years
After Three Years Through Five Years
After Five Years
 
Total
Long-term debt obligations, including structured repurchase agreements*
$
7,975

$
402,579

$
1,263

$
100,000

 
$
511,817

Operating lease obligations
5,346

8,704

5,335

17,978

 
37,363

Purchase obligations
51,520

98,259

71,623

3,050

 
224,452

Time open and C.D.’s *
1,873,682

445,547

169,085

79

 
2,488,393

Total
$
1,938,523

$
955,089

$
247,306

$
121,107

 
$
3,262,025

* Includes principal payments only.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company has unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate in future periods. Due to the uncertainty of the amounts to be ultimately paid, as well as the timing of such payments, all uncertain tax liabilities that have not been paid have been excluded from the table above. Further detail on the impact of income taxes is located in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.

The Company funds a defined benefit pension plan for a portion of its employees. Under the funding policy for the plan, contributions are made as necessary to provide for current service and for any unfunded accrued actuarial liabilities over a reasonable period. During recent years, the Company has not been required to make cash contributions to the plan and does not expect to do so in 2012.

The Company has investments in several low-income housing partnerships within the area it serves. At December 31, 2011, these investments totaled $7.2 million and were recorded as other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. These partnerships supply funds for the construction and operation of apartment complexes that provide affordable housing to that segment of the population with lower family income. If these developments successfully attract a specified percentage of residents

43

Table of Contents

falling in that lower income range, state and/or federal income tax credits are made available to the partners. The tax credits are normally recognized over ten years, and they play an important part in the anticipated yield from these investments. In order to continue receiving the tax credits each year over the life of the partnership, the low-income residency targets must be maintained. Under the terms of the partnership agreements, the Company has a commitment to fund a specified amount that will be due in installments over the life of the agreements, which ranges from 10 to 15 years. These unfunded commitments are recorded as liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and aggregated to $6.4 million at December 31, 2011.

The Company regularly purchases various state tax credits arising from third-party property redevelopment. While most of the tax credits are resold to third parties, some are periodically retained for use by the Company. During 2011, purchases and sales of tax credits amounted to $46.0 million and $41.5 million, respectively. At December 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding purchase commitments totaling $108.4 million.

The Parent has investments in several private equity concerns which are classified as non-marketable securities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Under the terms of the agreements with two of these concerns, the Parent has unfunded commitments outstanding of $1.3 million at December 31, 2011. The Parent also expects to fund $12.2 million to private equity subsidiaries over the next several years.


44

Table of Contents

Interest Rate Sensitivity
The Company’s Asset/Liability Management Committee (ALCO) measures and manages the Company’s interest rate risk on a monthly basis to identify trends and establish strategies to maintain stability in net interest income throughout various rate environments. Analytical modeling techniques provide management insight into the Company’s exposure to changing rates. These techniques include net interest income simulations and market value analyses. Management has set guidelines specifying acceptable limits within which net interest income and market value may change under various rate change scenarios. These measurement tools indicate that the Company is currently within acceptable risk guidelines as set by management.

The Company’s main interest rate measurement tool, income simulations, projects net interest income under various rate change scenarios in order to quantify the magnitude and timing of potential rate-related changes. Income simulations are able to capture option risks within the balance sheet where expected cash flows may be altered under various rate environments. Modeled rate movements include “shocks, ramps and twists”. Shocks are intended to capture interest rate risk under extreme conditions by immediately shifting rates up and down, while ramps measure the impact of gradual changes and twists measure yield curve risk. The size of the balance sheet is assumed to remain constant so that results are not influenced by growth predictions. The table below shows the expected effect that gradual basis point shifts in the LIBOR/swap curve over a twelve month period would have on the Company’s net interest income, given a static balance sheet.

 
December 31, 2011
 
September 30, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
(Dollars in millions)
$ Change in Net Interest Income
% Change in Net Interest Income
 
$ Change in Net Interest Income
% Change in Net Interest Income
 
$ Change in Net Interest Income
% Change in Net Interest Income
300 basis points rising

($2.0
)
(.32
)%
 

($4.0
)
(.64
)%
 

$10.4

1.70
%
200 basis points rising
2.2

.34

 
(1.5
)
(.24
)
 
7.6

1.25

100 basis points rising
3.5

.56

 
.1

.02

 
2.8

.46


The Company also employs a sophisticated simulation technique known as a stochastic income simulation. This technique allows management to see a range of results from hundreds of income simulations. The stochastic simulation creates a vector of potential rate paths around the market’s best guess (forward rates) concerning the future path of interest rates and allows rates to randomly follow paths throughout the vector. This allows for the modeling of non-biased rate forecasts around the market consensus. Results give management insight into a likely range of rate-related risk as well as worst and best-case rate scenarios.

The Company also uses market value analyses to help identify longer-term risks that may reside on the balance sheet. This is considered a secondary risk measurement tool by management. The Company measures the market value of equity as the net present value of all asset and liability cash flows discounted along the current LIBOR/swap curve plus appropriate market risk spreads. It is the change in the market value of equity under different rate environments, or effective duration that gives insight into the magnitude of risk to future earnings due to rate changes. Market value analyses also help management understand the price sensitivity of non-marketable bank products under different rate environments.

The Company’s modeling of interest rate risk as of December 31, 2011 shows that under the 200 and 300 basis point rising rate scenarios, the overall balance sheet became liability sensitive compared to year end 2010. At December 31, 2011, the Company calculated that a gradual increase in rates of 100 basis points would increase net interest income by $3.5 million, or .6%, compared with an increase of $2.8 million projected at December 31, 2010. A 200 basis point gradual rise in rates calculated at December 31, 2011 would increase net interest income by $2.2 million, or .3%, down from an increase of $7.6 million last year. Also, a gradual increase of 300 basis points would lower net interest income by $2.0 million, or .3%, compared to a growth of $10.4 million at December 31, 2010. Falling rate scenarios were not modeled due the extremely low interest rate environment.

Under rising rate models, the potential increase in net interest income was lower at December 31, 2011 when compared to the prior year due to several factors. These factors included a decline of $787.4 million in average loan balances in 2011 compared to the previous year, which are mainly variable rate assets and more sensitive to changes in interest rates, and average growth of $1.4 billion in available for sale securities, most of which have fixed rates. In addition to the change in earning assets, average interest bearing deposits grew during 2011 by $680.9 million, mainly in money market deposit accounts. Deposits have lower rates and are modeled to re-price upwards more slowly, thus partially offsetting the effect of a larger fixed rate securities portfolio. Total borrowings (mainly FHLB advances) declined on average by $390.8 million, resulting in lower interest expense.

Thus, under rising rate scenarios, the Company benefits from the repricing of its loan portfolio, the majority of which is variable rate. However, higher levels of fixed rate securities will partly offset the effect of the loan portfolio on interest income. Additionally, deposit balances have a smaller impact on net interest income when rates are rising, due to lower overall rates and fewer accounts that carry variable rates moving in sequence with market rates.

45

Table of Contents

Through review and oversight by the ALCO, the Company attempts to engage in strategies that neutralize interest rate risk as much as possible. The Company’s balance sheet remains well-diversified with moderate interest rate risk and is well-positioned for future growth. The use of derivative products is limited and the deposit base is strong and stable. The loan to deposit ratio is still at relatively low levels, which should present the Company with opportunities to fund future loan growth at reasonable costs. The Company believes that its approach to interest rate risk has appropriately considered its susceptibility to both rising and falling rates and has adopted strategies which minimize impacts of interest rate risk.

Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company maintains an overall interest rate risk management strategy that permits the use of derivative instruments to modify exposure to interest rate risk. The Company’s interest rate risk management strategy includes the ability to modify the re-pricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates do not adversely affect the net interest margin and cash flows. Interest rate swaps are used on a limited basis as part of this strategy. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had entered into three interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $14.5 million which are designated as fair value hedges of certain fixed rate loans. The Company also sells swap contracts to customers who wish to modify their interest rate sensitivity. The Company offsets the interest rate risk of these swaps by purchasing matching contracts with offsetting pay/receive rates from other financial institutions. The notional amount of these types of swaps at December 31, 2011 was $471.7 million.

Credit risk participation agreements arise when the Company contracts with other financial institutions, as a guarantor or beneficiary, to share credit risk associated with certain interest rate swaps. These agreements provide for reimbursement of losses resulting from a third party default on the underlying swap.

The Company enters into foreign exchange derivative instruments as an accommodation to customers and offsets the related foreign exchange risk by entering into offsetting third-party forward contracts with approved, reputable counterparties. In addition, the Company takes proprietary positions in such contracts based on market expectations. Hedge accounting has not been applied to these foreign exchange activities. This trading activity is managed within a policy of specific controls and limits. Most of the foreign exchange contracts outstanding at December 31, 2011 mature within six months.

Additionally, interest rate lock commitments issued on residential mortgage loans held for resale are considered derivative instruments. The interest rate exposure on these commitments is economically hedged primarily with forward sale contracts in the secondary market.

In all of these contracts, the Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties, who may be bank customers or other financial institutions. The Company controls the credit risk of its financial contracts through credit approvals, limits and monitoring procedures. Because the Company generally enters into transactions only with high quality counterparties, there have been no losses associated with counterparty nonperformance on derivative financial instruments.

The following table summarizes the notional amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Notional amount, along with the other terms of the derivative, is used to determine the amounts to be exchanged between the counterparties. Because the notional amount does not represent amounts exchanged by the parties, it is not a measure of loss exposure related to the use of derivatives nor of exposure to liquidity risk.
 
2011
 
2010
(In thousands)
Notional Amount
 
Positive Fair Value
 
Negative Fair Value
 
 Notional Amount
 
Positive Fair Value
 
Negative Fair Value
Interest rate swaps
$
486,207

 
$
19,051

 
$
(20,210
)
 
$
498,071

 
$
17,712

 
$
(18,958
)
Interest rate caps
29,736

 
11

 
(11
)
 
31,736

 
84

 
(84
)
Credit risk participation agreements
41,414

 
9

 
(141
)
 
40,661

 

 
(130
)
Foreign exchange contracts
80,535

 
2,440

 
(2,343
)
 
25,867

 
492

 
(359
)
Mortgage loan commitments
1,280

 
20

 

 
12,125

 
101

 
(30
)
Mortgage loan forward sale contracts
3,650

 
6

 
(17
)
 
24,112

 
434

 
(23
)
Total at December 31
$
642,822

 
$
21,537

 
$
(22,722
)
 
$
632,572

 
$
18,823

 
$
(19,584
)






46

Table of Contents

Operating Segments
The Company segregates financial information for use in assessing its performance and allocating resources among three operating segments. The results are determined based on the Company’s management accounting process, which assigns balance sheet and income statement items to each responsible segment. These segments are defined by customer base and product type. The management process measures the performance of the operating segments based on the management structure of the Company and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other financial institution. Each segment is managed by executives who, in conjunction with the Chief Executive Officer, make strategic business decisions regarding that segment. The three reportable operating segments are Consumer, Commercial and Wealth. Additional information is presented in Note 12 on Segments in the consolidated financial statements.

The Company uses a funds transfer pricing method to value funds used (e.g., loans, fixed assets, cash, etc.) and funds provided (deposits, borrowings, and equity) by the business segments and their components. This process assigns a specific value to each new source or use of funds with a maturity, based on current LIBOR interest rates, thus determining an interest spread at the time of the transaction. Non-maturity assets and liabilities are assigned to LIBOR-based funding pools. This method helps to provide an accurate means of valuing fund sources and uses in a varying interest rate environment. The Company also assigns loan charge-offs and recoveries (labeled in the table below as “provision for loan losses”) directly to each operating segment instead of allocating an estimated loan loss provision. The operating segments also include a number of allocations of income and expense from various support and overhead centers within the Company.

The table below is a summary of segment pre-tax income results for the past three years.
(Dollars in thousands)
Consumer
Commercial
Wealth
Segment Totals
Other/Elimination
Consolidated Totals
Year ended December 31, 2011:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
283,555

$
283,790

$
38,862

$
606,207

$
39,863

$
646,070

Provision for loan losses
(47,273
)
(16,195
)
(712
)
(64,180
)
12,665

(51,515
)
Non-interest income
131,253

162,533

101,836

395,622

(2,705
)
392,917

Investment securities gains, net




10,812

10,812

Non-interest expense
(269,435
)
(221,739
)
(89,108
)
(580,282
)
(36,967
)
(617,249
)
Income before income taxes
$
98,100

$
208,389

$
50,878

$
357,367

$
23,668

$
381,035

Year ended December 31, 2010:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
308,719

$
264,870

$
37,988

$
611,577

$
34,355

$
645,932

Provision for loan losses
(70,635
)
(24,823
)
(1,263
)
(96,721
)
(3,279
)
(100,000
)
Non-interest income
157,904

154,306

93,745

405,955

(844
)
405,111

Investment securities losses, net




(1,785
)
(1,785
)
Non-interest expense
(291,028
)
(221,553
)
(86,158
)
(598,739
)
(32,395
)
(631,134
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
$
104,960

$
172,800

$
44,312

$
322,072

$
(3,948
)
$
318,124

2011 vs 2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increase (decrease) in income before income taxes:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
$
(6,860
)
$
35,589

$
6,566

$
35,295

$
27,616

$
62,911

Percent
(6.5
)%
20.6
%
14.8
%
11.0
%
N.M.

19.8
%
Year ended December 31, 2009:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
329,720

$
251,085

$
34,575

$
615,380

$
20,122

$
635,502

Provision for loan losses
(84,001
)
(54,247
)
(520
)
(138,768
)
(21,929
)
(160,697
)
Non-interest income
163,150

140,390

88,692

392,232

4,027

396,259

Investment securities losses, net




(7,195
)
(7,195
)
Non-interest expense
(302,002
)
(213,829
)
(84,673
)
(600,504
)
(21,233
)
(621,737
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
$
106,867

$
123,399

$
38,074

$
268,340

$
(26,208
)
$
242,132

2010 vs 2009
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increase (decrease) in income before income taxes:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
$
(1,907
)
$
49,401

$
6,238

$
53,732

$
22,260

$
75,992

Percent
(1.8
)%
40.0
%
16.4
%
20.0
%
N.M.

31.4
%

47

Table of Contents

Consumer
The Consumer segment includes consumer deposits, consumer finance, and consumer debit and credit cards. Pre-tax profitability for 2011 was $98.1 million, a decrease of $6.9 million, or 6.5%, from 2010. This decrease was mainly due to a decline of $25.2 million, or 8.2%, in net interest income, coupled with a decline of $26.7 million in non-interest income. These decreases were partly offset by a reduction in the provision for loan losses of $23.4 million and a decline of $21.6 million in non-interest expense. Net interest income declined due to a $34.0 million decrease in loan interest income and a $7.7 million reduction in net allocated funding credits assigned to the Consumer segment's loan and deposit portfolios, partly offset by a decline of $16.5 million in deposit interest expense. The decline in loan interest included a $10.6 million decrease in student loan interest, resulting from the Company's sale of most of the student loan portfolios in 2010, and an $8.3 million decrease in interest on marine and RV loans. Non-interest income decreased mainly due to lower gains on the sales of student loans, in addition to declines in deposit account fees (mainly overdraft charges) and bank card fee income (primarily debit card fees). Non-interest expense declined 7.4% from the previous year due mainly to lower FDIC insurance expense, deposit account processing expense and teller services expense, partly offset by higher building rental expense. The provision for loan losses totaled $47.3 million, a $23.4 million decrease from 2010, which was mainly due to lower losses on consumer credit card loans, marine and RV loans, and other consumer loans. Total average loans decreased 23.6% in 2011 compared to the prior year due to the sale of most of the student loan portfolios in 2010 and a decline in consumer loans. Average deposits increased 2.1% over the prior period, resulting mainly from growth in money market and interest checking deposit accounts, partly offset by a decline in certificates of deposit.
Pre-tax profitability for 2010 was $105.0 million, a decrease of $1.9 million, or 1.8%, from 2009. This decrease was mainly due to a decline of $21.0 million in net interest income, due to a $30.6 million decrease in net allocated funding credits assigned to the loan and deposit portfolios and a $31.0 million decrease in loan interest income, partly offset by a decline of $40.6 million in deposit interest expense. Also, non-interest income decreased $5.2 million, or 3.2%, from the prior year due to lower deposit account fees (mainly overdraft charges). This decline was partly offset by an increase in bank card fee income (primarily debit card fees) and higher gains on sales of student loans. Non-interest expense declined by $11.0 million, or 3.6%, largely due to lower FDIC insurance expense, salaries expense, supplies expense, and deposit account processing expense. The provision for loan losses totaled $70.6 million in 2010 compared to $84.0 million in the prior year. The $13.4 million decline in the provision was due to lower losses on marine and RV loans, consumer credit card loans and other consumer loans. Total average loans decreased 11.7% in 2010 compared to the prior year due to declines in consumer loans and the sale of the student loan portfolios. Average deposits increased only slightly over the prior period.

Commercial
The Commercial segment provides corporate lending (including the Small Business Banking product line within the branch network), leasing, international services, and business, government deposit, and related commercial cash management services, as well as merchant and commercial bank card products. The segment includes the Capital Markets Group, which sells fixed-income securities to individuals, corporations, correspondent banks, public institutions, and municipalities, and also provides investment safekeeping and bond accounting services. Pre-tax income for 2011 increased $35.6 million, or 20.6%, compared to the prior year. Net interest income increased $18.9 million, or 7.1%, due to higher net allocated funding credits of $29.1 million, partly offset by an $11.4 million decline in loan interest income. The provision for loan losses in this segment totaled $16.2 million in 2011, a decrease of $8.6 million from 2010, due mainly to lower net charge-offs on construction loans of $8.1 million. Non-interest income increased by $8.2 million, or 5.3%, over the previous year due to growth in bank card fees (mainly corporate card), partly offset by lower deposit account fees and bond trading income. Non-interest expense increased slightly over the previous year and included higher bank card related expenses and deposit account cash management expense, partly offset by declines in foreclosed real estate and other repossessed property expense and FDIC insurance expense. Average segment loans decreased .7% compared to 2010 as a result of a decline in construction loans, partly offset by growth in business real estate loans. Average deposits increased 20.7% due to growth in non-interest bearing accounts, certificates of deposit over $100,000 and money market deposit accounts.
In 2010, pre-tax profitability for the Commercial segment increased $49.4 million, or 40.0%, compared to the prior year. Net interest income increased $13.8 million, or 5.5%, due to higher net allocated funding credits of $20.5 million and a decline in deposit interest expense of $10.3 million, which was partly offset by a $17.1 million decline in loan interest income. The loan loss provision in this segment totaled $24.8 million in 2010, a decrease of $29.4 million from the prior year. During 2010, lower charge-offs occurred on construction and business loans. Non-interest income increased $13.9 million, or 9.9%, over the previous year due to higher bank card fees (mainly corporate card). Non-interest expense increased $7.7 million, or 3.6%, over the prior year, mainly due to an increase in bank card fee expense and higher write-downs and holding costs on foreclosed real estate and personal property. These increases were partly offset by lower costs for FDIC insurance and teller services expense. Average segment loans decreased 8.8% compared to 2009 as a result of declines in business, construction and business real estate loans, while average deposits increased 6.0% due to growth in non-interest bearing and money market deposit accounts, partly offset by a decline in short-term certificates of deposit.


48

Table of Contents

Wealth
The Wealth segment provides traditional trust and estate planning, advisory and discretionary investment management services, brokerage services, and includes Private Banking accounts. At December 31, 2011, the Trust group managed investments with a market value of $14.9 billion and administered an additional $12.4 billion in non-managed assets. It also provides investment management services to The Commerce Funds, a series of mutual funds with $1.7 billion in total assets at December 31, 2011. Wealth segment pre-tax profitability for 2011 was $50.9 million compared to $44.3 million in 2010, an increase of $6.6 million, or 14.8%. Net interest income increased $874 thousand, or 2.3%, and was impacted by a $2.2 million increase in assigned net funding credits and a $1.4 million decline in deposit interest expense, offset by a $2.7 million decrease in loan interest income. Non-interest income increased $8.1 million, or 8.6%, over the prior year due to higher trust and brokerage fees. Non-interest expense increased $3.0 million, or 3.4%, mainly due to higher salary expense and fraud losses. Average assets decreased $1.5 million during 2011 mainly due to lower cash balances and overnight investments, partly offset by loan growth. Average deposits increased $203.1 million, or 15.3%, during 2011 due to growth in money market deposit accounts and long-term certificates of deposit.

In 2010, pre-tax income for the Wealth segment was $44.3 million compared to $38.1 million in 2009, an increase of $6.2 million, or 16.4%. Net interest income increased $3.4 million and was impacted by a $2.5 million decline in deposit interest expense and higher net allocated funding credits of $3.0 million, partly offset by a $2.1 million decrease in loan interest income. Non-interest income increased $5.1 million, or 5.7%, due mainly to higher trust fee income. Non-interest expense increased $1.5 million, or 1.8%, due to higher salaries expense and corporate management fees, partly offset by lower marketing expense. Average assets decreased $12.7 million during 2010 mainly due to a decline in loans. Average deposits increased $221.8 million, or 20.0%, during 2010 due to growth in interest checking and money market accounts, partly offset by lower short-term certificates of deposit.
 
The segment activity, as shown above, includes both direct and allocated items. Amounts in the “Other/Elimination” column include activity not related to the segments, such as certain administrative functions, the investment securities portfolio, and the effect of certain expense allocations to the segments. Also included in this category is the difference between the Company’s provision for loan losses and net loan charge-offs, which are generally assigned directly to the segments. In 2011, the pre-tax income in this category was $23.7 million, compared to expense of $3.9 million in 2010. This increase occurred partly because 2011 net charge-offs exceeded the loan loss provision by $12.7 million. In addition, net interest income in this category, related to earnings of the investment portfolio and interest expense on borrowings not allocated to a segment, increased $5.5 million and unallocated investment securities gains increased $12.6 million. Non-interest expense in this category increased $4.6 million due to an unallocated debit overdraft litigation charge of $18.3 million in 2011, partly offset by an unallocated debt prepayment penalty of $11.8 million in 2010.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards
Fair Value Measurements In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2010-06, “Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements”, which requires additional disclosures related to transfers among fair value hierarchy levels and the activity of Level 3 assets and liabilities. This ASU also provides clarification for the disaggregation of fair value measurements of assets and liabilities and the discussion of inputs and valuation techniques used for fair value measurements. The new disclosures and clarification were effective January 1, 2010, except for the disclosures related to the activity of Level 3 financial instruments. Those disclosures were effective January 1, 2011, and did not have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs”. The ASU contains guidance on the application of the highest and best use and valuation premise concepts, the measurement of fair values of instruments classified in shareholders’ equity, the measurement of fair values of financial instruments that are managed within a portfolio, and the application of premiums and discounts in a fair value measurement. It also requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements, including information about the unobservable inputs used in fair value measurements within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the sensitivity of recurring fair value measurements within Level 3 to changes in unobservable inputs and the interrelationships between those inputs, and the categorization by level of the fair value hierarchy for items that are not measured at fair value but for which the fair value is required to be disclosed. These amendments are to be applied prospectively, effective January 1, 2012, and their application is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20, “Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses”. This guidance is intended to facilitate the evaluation of the nature of credit risk inherent in an entity’s loan portfolio, how that risk influences the allowance for credit losses, and the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance. The ASU requires disclosures about the activity in the allowance, non-accrual and impaired loan status, credit quality indicators, past due information, loan modifications, and

49

Table of Contents

significant loan purchases and sales. Much of the disclosure is required on a disaggregated level by portfolio segment or class basis. The required disclosures are included in Note 2 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements and did not have a significant effect on the financial statements.

Troubled Debt Restructurings In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-02, “A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring”. The ASU seeks to create consistency in the application of U.S. GAAP for identifying and evaluating debt restructurings. It clarifies existing guidance on a creditor’s evaluation of whether it has granted a concession and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties for purposes of determining whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. The ASU specifically addresses how the debtor’s access to funds at a market interest rate, increases in the contractual interest rate, and payment delays should be considered when determining whether a concession has been granted. The ASU was effective July 1, 2011 and required disclosure of modifications occurring since January 1, 2011 which were newly identified as troubled debt restructurings under the new guidance. Because the Company had generally applied the ASU’s guidance in identifying troubled debt restructurings in the past, no new troubled debt restructurings were identified as a result of the adoption of the ASU.

Repurchase Agreements In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-03, “Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements”. The guidance in the ASU is intended to improve the accounting for repurchase agreements and other similar agreements. Specifically, the ASU modifies the criteria for determining when these transactions would be recorded as a financing arrangement as opposed to a purchase or sale arrangement with a commitment to resell or repurchase. It removes from the assessment of effective control the criterion relating to the transferor’s ability to repurchase or redeem financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee. This new guidance is effective January 1, 2012, and early adoption is not permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Other Comprehensive Income In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income”. The ASU increases the prominence of other comprehensive income in financial statements by requiring comprehensive income to be reported in either a single statement or in two consecutive statements which report both net income and other comprehensive income. It eliminates the option to report other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of changes in equity. The ASU is effective for periods beginning January 1, 2012 and requires retrospective application. The ASU does not change the components of other comprehensive income, the timing of items reclassified to net income, or the net income basis for income per share calculations.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, "Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05". The amendments are being made to allow the Board time to consider whether to present on the face of the financial statements the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income for all periods presented. Until the Board has reached a resolution, entities are required to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the presentation requirements in effect before Update 2011-05.

Goodwill In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, "Testing Goodwill for Impairment". The ASU allows an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Previous guidance required, on an annual basis, testing goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount (including goodwill). As a result of this amendment, an entity will not be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The ASU is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for periods beginning January 1, 2012, and early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Balance Sheet In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, "Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities". The ASU is a joint requirement by the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board to enhance current disclosures and increase comparability of GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) financial statements. Under the ASU, an entity will be required to disclose both gross and net information about instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the balance sheet, as well as instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting agreement. The scope of the ASU includes derivatives, sale and repurchase agreements, reverse sale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending arrangements. The ASU is effective for annual and interim periods beginning January 1, 2013. Adoption of the ASU is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.



50

Table of Contents

Corporate Governance
The Company has adopted a number of corporate governance measures. These include corporate governance guidelines, a code of ethics that applies to its senior financial officers and the charters for its audit committee, its committee on compensation and human resources, and its committee on governance/directors. This information is available on the Company’s Web site www.commercebank.com under Investor Relations.

Forward-Looking Statements
This report may contain “forward-looking statements” that are subject to risks and uncertainties and include information about possible or assumed future results of operations. Many possible events or factors could affect the future financial results and performance of the Company. This could cause results or performance to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. Words such as “expects”, “anticipates”, “believes”, “estimates”, variations of such words and other similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions which are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in, or implied by, such forward-looking statements. Readers should not rely solely on the forward-looking statements and should consider all uncertainties and risks discussed throughout this report. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made. The Company does not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. Such possible events or factors include the risk factors identified in Item 1a Risk Factors and the following: changes in economic conditions in the Company’s market area; changes in policies by regulatory agencies, governmental legislation and regulation; fluctuations in interest rates; changes in liquidity requirements; demand for loans in the Company’s market area; changes in accounting and tax principles; estimates made on income taxes; and competition with other entities that offer financial services.



51

Table of Contents

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS — AVERAGE RATES AND YIELDS
 
Years Ended December 31
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
(Dollars in thousands)
Average Balance
Interest Income/Expense
Average Rates Earned/Paid
 
Average Balance
Interest Income/Expense
Average Rates Earned/Paid
 
Average Balance
Interest Income/Expense
Average Rates Earned/Paid
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans:(A)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business(B)
$
2,910,668

$
104,624

3.59
%
 
$
2,887,427

$
110,792

3.84
%
 
$
3,119,778

$
116,686

3.74
%
Real estate – construction and land
419,905

18,831

4.48

 
557,282

22,384

4.02

 
739,896

26,746

3.61

Real estate – business
2,117,031

101,988

4.82

 
2,029,214

102,451

5.05

 
2,143,675

108,107

5.04

Real estate – personal
1,433,869

69,048

4.82

 
1,476,031

76,531

5.18

 
1,585,273

87,085

5.49

Consumer
1,118,700

70,127

6.27

 
1,250,076

84,204

6.74

 
1,464,170

101,761

6.95

Revolving home equity
468,718

19,952

4.26

 
484,878

20,916

4.31

 
495,629

21,456

4.33

Student(C)



 
246,395

5,783

2.35

 
344,243

9,440

2.74

Consumer credit card
746,724

84,479

11.31

 
760,079

89,225

11.74

 
727,422

89,045

12.24

Overdrafts
6,953



 
7,288



 
9,781



Total loans
9,222,568

469,049

5.09

 
9,698,670

512,286

5.28

 
10,629,867

560,326

5.27

Loans held for sale
47,227

1,115

2.36

 
358,492

6,091

1.70

 
397,583

8,219

2.07

Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government & federal agency obligations
357,861

17,268

4.83

 
439,073

9,673

2.20

 
169,214

6,754

3.99

Government-sponsored enterprise obligations
253,020

5,781

2.28

 
203,593

4,591

2.25

 
137,928

4,219

3.06

State & municipal obligations(B)
1,174,751

51,988

4.43

 
966,694

45,469

4.70

 
873,607

43,882

5.02

Mortgage-backed securities
3,556,106

114,405

3.22

 
2,821,485

113,222

4.01

 
2,802,532

136,921

4.89

Asset-backed securities
2,443,901

30,523

1.25

 
1,973,734

38,559

1.95

 
937,435

30,166

3.22

Other marketable securities(B)
171,409

8,455

4.93

 
183,328

8,889

4.85

 
179,847

9,793

5.45

Trading securities(B)
20,011

552

2.76

 
21,899

671

3.06

 
16,927

506

2.99

Non-marketable securities(B)
107,501

8,283

7.71

 
113,326

7,216

6.37

 
136,911

6,398

4.67

Total investment securities
8,084,560

237,255

2.93

 
6,723,132

228,290

3.40

 
5,254,401

238,639

4.54

Short-term federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
10,690

55

.51

 
6,542

48

.73

 
43,811

222

.51

Long-term securities purchased under agreements to resell
768,904

13,455

1.75

 
150,235

2,549

1.70

 



Interest earning deposits with banks
194,176

487

.25

 
171,883

427

.25

 
325,744

807

.25

Total interest earning assets
18,328,125

721,416

3.94

 
17,108,954

749,691

4.38

 
16,651,406

808,213

4.85

Allowance for loan losses
(191,311
)
 
 
 
(195,870
)
 
 
 
(181,417
)
 
 
Unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities
162,984

 
 
 
149,106

 
 
 
24,105

 
 
Cash and due from banks
348,875

 
 
 
368,340

 
 
 
364,579

 
 
Land, buildings and equipment - net
377,200

 
 
 
395,108

 
 
 
411,366

 
 
Other assets
378,642

 
 
 
410,361

 
 
 
349,164

 
 
Total assets
$
19,404,515

 
 
 
$
18,235,999

 
 
 
$
17,619,203

 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
525,371

852

.16

 
$
478,592

622

.13

 
$
438,748

642

.15

Interest checking and money market
7,702,901

25,004

.32

 
6,785,299

28,676

.42

 
5,807,753

30,789

.53

Time open & C.D.’s of less than $100,000
1,291,165

11,352

.88

 
1,660,462

22,871

1.38

 
2,055,952

51,982

2.53

Time open & C.D.’s of $100,000 and over
1,409,740

9,272

.66

 
1,323,952

13,847

1.05

 
1,858,543

35,371

1.90

Total interest bearing deposits
10,929,177

46,480

.43

 
10,248,305

66,016

.64

 
10,160,996

118,784

1.17

Borrowings:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
1,035,007

1,741

.17

 
1,085,121

2,584

.24

 
968,643

3,699

.38

Other borrowings(D)
112,107

3,680

3.28

 
452,810

14,948

3.30

 
920,467

31,527

3.43

Total borrowings
1,147,114

5,421

.47

 
1,537,931

17,532

1.14

 
1,889,110

35,226

1.86

Total interest bearing liabilities
12,076,291

51,901

.43
%
 
11,786,236

83,548

.71
%
 
12,050,106

154,010

1.28
%
Non-interest bearing deposits
4,742,033

 
 
 
4,114,664

 
 
 
3,660,166

 
 
Other liabilities
476,249

 
 
 
346,312

 
 
 
176,676

 
 
Equity
2,109,942

 
 
 
1,988,787

 
 
 
1,732,255

 
 
Total liabilities and equity
$
19,404,515



 
 
$
18,235,999

 
 
 
$
17,619,203

 
 
Net interest margin (T/E)
 
$
669,515

 
 
 
$
666,143

 
 
 
$
654,203

 
Net yield on interest earning assets
 
 
3.65
%
 
 
 
3.89
%
 
 
 
3.93
%
Percentage increase in net interest margin (T/E) compared to the prior year
 
 
.51
%
 
 
 
1.83
%
 
 
 
7.48
%
(A)
Loans on non-accrual status are included in the computation of average balances. Included in interest income above are loan fees and late charges, net of amortization of deferred loan origination fees and costs, which are immaterial. Credit card income from merchant discounts and net interchange fees are not included in loan income.
(B)
Interest income and yields are presented on a fully-taxable equivalent basis using the Federal statutory income tax rate. Loan interest income includes tax free loan income (categorized as business loan income) which includes tax equivalent adjustments of $5,538,000 in 2011, $4,620,000 in 2010, $3,922,000 in 2009, $3,553,000 in 2008, $2,895,000 in 2007, and $1,826,000 in 2006. Investment securities interest income include tax equivalent adjustments of $17,907,000 in 2011, $15,593,000 in 2010, $14,779,000 in 2009,

52

Table of Contents

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS — AVERAGE RATES AND YIELDS
Years Ended December 31
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
 
Average Balance
Interest Income/Expense
Average Rates Earned/Paid
 
Average Balance
Interest Income/Expense
Average Rates Earned/Paid
 
Average Balance
Interest Income/Expense
Average Rates Earned/Paid
 
Average Balance Five Year Compound Growth Rate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
3,478,927

$
170,620

4.90
%
 
$
3,110,386

$
209,523

6.74
%
 
$
2,688,722

$
177,543

6.60
%
 
1.60
%
701,519

34,445

4.91

 
671,986

49,436

7.36

 
540,574

40,477

7.49

 
(4.93
)
2,281,664

136,955

6.00

 
2,204,041

154,819

7.02

 
2,053,455

140,659

6.85

 
.61

1,522,172

88,322

5.80

 
1,521,066

90,537

5.95

 
1,415,321

79,816

5.64

 
.26

1,674,497

119,837

7.16

 
1,558,302

115,184

7.39

 
1,352,047

95,074

7.03

 
(3.72
)
474,635

23,960

5.05

 
443,748

33,526

7.56

 
445,376

33,849

7.60

 
1.03

13,708

287

2.10

 



 



 
NM

776,810

83,972

10.81

 
665,964

84,856

12.74

 
595,252

77,737

13.06

 
4.64

11,926



 
13,823



 
14,685



 
(13.89
)
10,935,858

658,398

6.02

 
10,189,316

737,881

7.24

 
9,105,432

645,155

7.09

 
.26

347,441

14,968

4.31

 
321,916

21,940

6.82

 
315,950

21,788

6.90

 
(31.62
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7,065

364

5.15

 
9,063

506

5.58

 
49,735

2,160

4.34

 
48.39

176,018

7,075

4.02

 
401,107

15,999

3.99

 
590,504

20,657

3.50

 
(15.59
)
695,542

37,770

5.43

 
594,154

33,416

5.62

 
414,282

22,499

5.43

 
23.18

2,203,921

112,184

5.09

 
1,828,478

88,909

4.86

 
1,647,875

73,571

4.46

 
16.63

265,546

13,185

4.97

 
292,043

13,334

4.57

 
553,810

22,699

4.10

 
34.57

98,650

4,243

4.30

 
129,622

7,355

5.67

 
200,013

10,695

5.35

 
(3.04
)
28,840

1,355

4.70

 
22,321

1,144

5.13

 
17,444

884

5.07

 
2.78

133,996

7,730

5.77

 
92,251

5,710

6.19

 
85,211

7,863

9.23

 
4.76

3,609,578

183,906

5.09

 
3,369,039

166,373

4.94

 
3,558,874

161,028

4.52

 
17.83

425,273

8,287

1.95

 
527,304

25,881

4.91

 
299,554

15,637

5.22

 
(48.65
)



 



 



 
NM

46,670

198

.42

 



 



 
NM

15,364,820

865,757

5.63

 
14,407,575

952,075

6.61

 
13,279,810

843,608

6.35

 
6.66

(145,176
)
 
 
 
(132,234
)
 
 
 
(129,224
)
 
 
 
8.16

27,068

 
 
 
25,333

 
 
 
(9,443
)
 
 
 
NM

451,105

 
 
 
463,970

 
 
 
470,826

 
 
 
(5.82
)
412,852

 
 
 
400,161

 
 
 
376,375

 
 
 
.04

343,664

 
 
 
315,522

 
 
 
250,260

 
 
 
8.63

$
16,454,333

 
 
 
$
15,480,327

 
 
 
$
14,238,604

 
 
 
6.39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
400,948

1,186

.30

 
$
392,942

2,067

.53

 
$
393,870

2,204

.56

 
5.93

5,123,709

59,947

1.17

 
4,793,849

114,027

2.38

 
4,519,463

94,238

2.09

 
11.25

2,149,119

77,322

3.60

 
2,359,386

110,957

4.70

 
2,077,257

85,424

4.11

 
(9.07
)
1,629,500

55,665

3.42

 
1,480,856

73,739

4.98

 
1,288,845

58,381

4.53

 
1.81

9,303,276

194,120

2.09

 
9,027,033

300,790

3.33

 
8,279,435

240,247

2.90

 
5.71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,373,625

25,085

1.83

 
1,696,613

83,464

4.92

 
1,455,544

70,154

4.82

 
(6.59
)
1,092,746

37,905

3.47

 
292,446

13,775

4.71

 
182,940

8,744

4.78

 
(9.33
)
2,466,371

62,990

2.55

 
1,989,059

97,239

4.89

 
1,638,484

78,898

4.82

 
(6.88
)
11,769,647

257,110

2.18
%
 
11,016,092

398,029

3.61
%
 
9,917,919

319,145

3.22
%
 
4.02

2,946,534

 
 
 
2,850,982

 
 
 
2,840,362

 
 
 
10.79

140,333

 
 
 
134,278

 
 
 
99,396

 
 
 
36.80

1,597,819

 
 
 
1,478,975

 
 
 
1,380,927

 
 
 
8.85

$
16,454,333

 
 
 
$
15,480,327

 
 
 
$
14,238,604

 
 
 
6.39
%
 
$
608,647

 
 
 
$
554,046

 
 
 
$
524,463

 
 
 
 
 
3.96
%
 
 
 
3.85
%
 
 
 
3.95
%
 
 
 
 
9.85
%
 
 
 
5.64
%
 
 
 
3.60
%
 
 
$12,355,000 in 2008, $13,079,000 in 2007 and $9,476,000 in 2006. These adjustments relate to state and municipal obligations, other marketable securities, trading securities, and non-marketable securities.
(C)
In December 2008, the Company purchased $358,451,000 of student loans with the intent to hold to maturity. In October 2010, the seller elected to repurchase the loans under the terms of the original agreement.
(D)
Interest expense of $2,000 and $38,000, which was capitalized on construction projects in 2010 and 2006, respectively, is not deducted from the interest expense shown above.

53

Table of Contents

QUARTERLY AVERAGE BALANCE SHEETS — AVERAGE RATES AND YIELDS
 
Year ended December 31, 2011
 
Fourth Quarter
 
Third Quarter
 
Second Quarter
 
First Quarter
(Dollars in millions)
Average Balance
Average Rates Earned/Paid
 
Average Balance
Average Rates Earned/Paid
 
 Average Balance
Average Rates Earned/Paid
 
Average Balance
Average Rates Earned/Paid
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business(A)
$
2,819

3.53
%
 
$
2,815

3.56
%
 
$
2,959

3.64
%
 
$
3,053

3.65
%
Real estate – construction and land
387

4.52

 
412

4.42

 
430

4.51

 
452

4.49

Real estate – business
2,162

4.67

 
2,123

4.74

 
2,101

4.94

 
2,081

4.92

Real estate – personal
1,421

4.64

 
1,430

4.75

 
1,441

4.87

 
1,444

5.00

Consumer
1,111

6.08

 
1,105

6.20

 
1,112

6.32

 
1,147

6.47

Revolving home equity
465

4.24

 
467

4.27

 
468

4.24

 
475

4.28

Consumer credit card
734

11.62

 
735

11.59

 
743

11.13

 
775

10.92

Overdrafts
7


 
7


 
7


 
7


Total loans
9,106

5.01

 
9,094

5.07

 
9,261

5.12

 
9,434

5.15

Loans held for sale
37

2.55

 
42

2.57

 
52

2.37

 
58

2.08

Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government & federal agency obligations
329

2.49

 
328

3.40

 
342

9.72

 
435

3.84

Government-sponsored enterprise obligations
305

1.93

 
262

2.92

 
235

2.23

 
209

2.07

State & municipal obligations(A)
1,239

4.16

 
1,185

4.20

 
1,160

4.75

 
1,113

4.63

Mortgage-backed securities
4,453

2.71

 
3,765

2.95

 
3,058

3.63

 
2,929

3.93

Asset-backed securities
2,646

1.12

 
2,403

1.15

 
2,403

1.31

 
2,321

1.44

Other marketable securities(A)
165

5.39

 
173

4.27

 
173

4.18

 
176

5.91

Trading securities(A)
20

2.87

 
21

2.52

 
20

2.78

 
19

2.88

Non-marketable securities(A)
110

10.81

 
110

6.59

 
105

6.24

 
104

7.04

Total investment securities
9,267

2.56

 
8,247

2.69

 
7,496

3.34

 
7,306

3.28

Short-term federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
10

.39

 
11

.47

 
16

.53

 
5

.80

Long-term securities purchased under agreements to resell
850

1.97

 
850

1.83

 
804

1.58

 
568

1.54

Interest earning deposits with banks
123

.25

 
326

.26

 
180

.25

 
146

.25

Total interest earning assets
19,393

3.67

 
18,570

3.77

 
17,809

4.15

 
17,517

4.20

Allowance for loan losses
(186
)
 
 
(190
)
 
 
(193
)
 
 
(196
)
 
Unrealized gain on investment securities
189

 
 
186

 
 
147

 
 
129

 
Cash and due from banks
367

 
 
347

 
 
334

 
 
346

 
Land, buildings and equipment – net
370

 
 
375

 
 
379

 
 
385

 
Other assets
382

 
 
376

 
 
387

 
 
370

 
Total assets
$
20,515

 
 
$
19,664

 
 
$
18,863

 
 
$
18,551

 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
529

.17

 
$
534

.19

 
$
538

.14

 
$
500

.14

Interest checking and money market
8,068

.29

 
7,756

.32

 
7,581

.33

 
7,399

.37

Time open & C.D.’s under $100,000
1,186

.75

 
1,231

.78

 
1,324

.90

 
1,426

1.06

Time open & C.D.’s $100,000 & over
1,368

.59

 
1,373

.62

 
1,466

.67

 
1,434

.76

Total interest bearing deposits
11,151

.37

 
10,894

.40

 
10,909

.43

 
10,759

.50

Borrowings:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
1,147

.05

 
1,017

.11

 
952

.29

 
1,023

.25

Other borrowings
112

3.26

 
112

3.28

 
112

3.29

 
112

3.30

Total borrowings
1,259

.33

 
1,129

.43

 
1,064

.61

 
1,135

.55

Total interest bearing liabilities
12,410

.37
%
 
12,023

.40
%
 
11,973

.45
%
 
11,894

.51
%
Non-interest bearing deposits
5,173

 
 
4,779

 
 
4,571

 
 
4,437

 
Other liabilities
790

 
 
729

 
 
208

 
 
168

 
Equity
2,142

 
 
2,133

 
 
2,111

 
 
2,052

 
Total liabilities and equity
$
20,515

 
 
$
19,664

 
 
$
18,863

 
 
$
18,551

 
Net interest margin (T/E)
$
168

 
 
$
164

 
 
$
171

 
 
$
167

 
Net yield on interest earning assets
 
3.44
%
 
 
3.51
%
 
 
3.85
%
 
 
3.85
%
(A)
Includes tax equivalent calculations.

54

Table of Contents

 
Year ended December 31, 2010
 
Fourth Quarter
 
Third Quarter
 
Second Quarter
 
First Quarter
(Dollars in millions)
Average Balance
Average Rates Earned/Paid
 
Average Balance
Average Rates Earned/Paid
 
Average Balance
Average Rates Earned/Paid
 
Average Balance
Average Rates Earned/Paid
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Business(A)
$
2,920

3.77
%
 
$
2,918

3.82
%
 
$
2,881

3.93
%
 
$
2,830

3.83
%
Real estate – construction and land
498

4.17

 
530

4.00

 
568

3.90

 
634

4.01

Real estate – business
2,003

5.01

 
1,999

5.10

 
2,029

5.08

 
2,088

5.00

Real estate – personal
1,444

5.00

 
1,451

5.13

 
1,484

5.25

 
1,526

5.35

Consumer
1,191

6.61

 
1,234

6.65

 
1,270

6.72

 
1,307

6.94

Revolving home equity
483

4.31

 
485

4.32

 
483

4.32

 
488

4.31

Student
22

2.10

 
315

2.40

 
322

2.38

 
329

2.28

Consumer credit card
776

10.82

 
763

11.29

 
738

12.32

 
763

12.58

Overdrafts
8


 
7


 
7


 
8


Total loans
9,345

5.22

 
9,702

5.21

 
9,782

5.33

 
9,973

5.37

Loans held for sale
93

2.38

 
305

1.78

 
557

1.63

 
484

1.60

Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government & federal agency obligations
436

2.32

 
437

1.07

 
443

3.43

 
439

1.99

Government-sponsored enterprise obligations
187

2.25

 
235

2.12

 
225

2.16

 
167

2.59

State & municipal obligations(A)
1,091

4.45

 
982

4.53

 
893

4.87

 
899

5.04

Mortgage-backed securities
2,905

3.89

 
2,998

3.44

 
2,609

4.36

 
2,771

4.45

Asset-backed securities
2,316

1.56

 
2,103

1.82

 
1,781

2.17

 
1,686

2.44

Other marketable securities(A)
177

5.01

 
183

5.18

 
193

4.55

 
181

4.67

Trading securities(A)
32

3.35

 
23

2.87

 
19

2.93

 
14

2.91

Non-marketable securities(A)
107

5.98

 
109

9.43

 
114

4.26

 
123

5.91

Total investment securities
7,251

3.15

 
7,070

3.05

 
6,277

3.67

 
6,280

3.81

Short-term federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
5

.61

 
7

.69

 
7

.76

 
7

.84

Long-term securities purchased under agreements to resell
397

1.69

 
199

1.72

 


 


Interest earning deposits with banks
87

.25

 
171

.25

 
322

.25

 
108

.24

Total interest earning assets
17,178

4.22

 
17,454

4.19

 
16,945

4.49

 
16,852

4.64

Allowance for loan losses
(195
)
 
 
(195
)
 
 
(196
)
 
 
(197
)
 
Unrealized gain on investment securities
176

 
 
159

 
 
133

 
 
128

 
Cash and due from banks
365

 
 
367

 
 
378

 
 
364

 
Land, buildings and equipment – net
388

 
 
392

 
 
397

 
 
402

 
Other assets
383

 
 
444

 
 
401

 
 
413

 
Total assets
$
18,295

 
 
$
18,621

 
 
$
18,058

 
 
$
17,962

 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings
$
480

.14

 
$
482

.16

 
$
490

.11

 
$
461

.10

Interest checking and money market
7,011

.40

 
6,794

.41

 
6,810

.45

 
6,522

.43

Time open & C.D.’s under $100,000
1,533

1.18

 
1,642

1.32

 
1,703

1.43

 
1,766

1.56

Time open & C.D.’s $100,000 & over
1,232

.93

 
1,417

.97

 
1,323

1.08

 
1,324

1.20

Total interest bearing deposits
10,256

.57

 
10,335

.62

 
10,326

.67

 
10,073

.72

Borrowings:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
1,125

.12

 
1,024

.23

 
1,027

.32

 
1,166

.29

Other borrowings
231

2.96

 
350

3.09

 
502

3.02

 
735

3.70

Total borrowings
1,356

.61

 
1,374

.96

 
1,529

1.21

 
1,901

1.61

Total interest bearing liabilities
11,612

.57
%
 
11,709

.66
%
 
11,855

.74
%
 
11,974

.86
%
Non-interest bearing deposits
4,346

 
 
4,192

 
 
4,042

 
 
3,872

 
Other liabilities
287

 
 
701

 
 
199

 
 
194

 
Equity
2,050

 
 
2,019

 
 
1,962

 
 
1,922

 
Total liabilities and equity
$
18,295

 
 
$
18,621

 
 
$
18,058

 
 
$
17,962

 
Net interest margin (T/E)
$
166

 
 
$
165

 
 
$
168

 
 
$
167

 
Net yield on interest earning assets
 
3.83
%
 
 
3.75
%
 
 
3.97
%
 
 
4.03
%
(A)
Includes tax equivalent calculations.

55

Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Year ended December 31, 2011
For the Quarter Ended
(In thousands, except per share data)
12/31/2011
9/30/2011
6/30/2011
3/31/2011
Interest income
$
173,223

$
170,835

$
178,087

$
175,826

Interest expense
(11,466
)
(12,205
)
(13,377
)
(14,853
)
Net interest income
161,757

158,630

164,710

160,973

Non-interest income
94,035

101,632

101,344

95,906

Investment securities gains, net
4,942

2,587

1,956

1,327

Salaries and employee benefits
(88,010
)
(85,700
)
(84,223
)
(87,392
)
Other expense
(68,020
)
(68,046
)
(69,290
)
(66,568
)
Provision for loan losses
(12,143
)
(11,395
)
(12,188
)
(15,789
)
Income before income taxes
92,561

97,708

102,309

88,457

Income taxes
(29,514
)
(31,699
)
(32,692
)
(27,507
)
Non-controlling interest
(1,543
)
(657
)
(583
)
(497
)
Net income attributable to Commerce Bancshares, Inc.
$
61,504

$
65,352

$
69,034

$
60,453

Net income per common share — basic*
$
.69

$
.72

$
.76

$
.66

Net income per common share — diluted*
$
.69

$
.72

$
.75

$
.66

Weighted average shares — basic*
88,394

89,477

90,866

90,791

Weighted average shares — diluted*
88,653

89,737

91,274

91,178

Year ended December 31, 2010
For the Quarter Ended
(In thousands, except per share data)
12/31/2010
9/30/2010
6/30/2010
3/31/2010
Interest income
$
177,436

$
178,916

$
185,057

$
188,069

Interest expense
(16,759
)
(19,479
)
(21,949
)
(25,359
)
Net interest income
160,677

159,437

163,108

162,710

Non-interest income
110,454

100,010

101,458

93,189

Investment securities gains (losses), net
1,204

16

660

(3,665
)
Salaries and employee benefits
(86,562
)
(85,442
)
(87,108
)
(87,438
)
Other expense
(77,469
)
(70,144
)
(68,685
)
(68,286
)
Provision for loan losses
(21,647
)
(21,844
)
(22,187
)
(34,322
)
Income before income taxes
86,657

82,033

87,246

62,188

Income taxes
(24,432
)
(26,012
)
(27,428
)
(18,377
)
Non-controlling interest
(304
)
(136
)
(84
)
359

Net income attributable to Commerce Bancshares, Inc.
$
61,921

$
55,885

$
59,734

$
44,170

Net income per common share — basic*
$
.67

$
.61

$
.65

$
.48

Net income per common share — diluted*
$
.67

$
.61

$
.64

$
.48

Weighted average shares — basic*
90,892

91,552

91,496

91,368

Weighted average shares — diluted*
91,274

91,938

91,932

91,866


Year ended December 31, 2009
For the Quarter Ended
(In thousands, except per share data)
12/31/2009
9/30/2009
6/30/2009
3/31/2009
Interest income
$
194,999

$
201,647

$
198,992

$
193,874

Interest expense
(30,496
)
(38,108
)
(41,547
)
(43,859
)
Net interest income
164,503

163,539

157,445

150,015

Non-interest income
102,519

102,414

98,363

92,963

Investment securities losses, net
(1,325
)
(945
)
(2,753
)
(2,172
)
Salaries and employee benefits
(85,480
)
(87,267
)
(86,279
)
(86,753
)
Other expense
(68,259
)
(67,501
)
(73,533
)
(66,665
)
Provision for loan losses
(41,002
)
(35,361
)
(41,166
)
(43,168
)
Income before income taxes
70,956

74,879

52,077

44,220

Income taxes
(21,493
)
(23,415
)
(15,257
)
(13,592
)
Non-controlling interest
159

185

148

208

Net income attributable to Commerce Bancshares, Inc.
$
49,622

$
51,649

$
36,968

$
30,836

Net income per common share — basic*
$
.54

$
.57

$
.42

$
.35

Net income per common share — diluted*
$
.54

$
.57

$
.41

$
.35

Weighted average shares — basic*
91,159

90,592

88,477

87,635

Weighted average shares — diluted*
91,551

90,946

88,778

87,987

* Restated for the 5% stock dividend distributed in 2011.



56

Table of Contents

Item 7a.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information required by this item is set forth on pages 45 through 46 of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Item 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Commerce Bancshares, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Commerce Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Commerce Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 22, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.


Kansas City, Missouri
February 22, 2012



57

Table of Contents

Commerce Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
December 31
 
2011
2010
 
(In thousands)
ASSETS
 
 
Loans
$
9,177,478

$
9,410,982

Allowance for loan losses
(184,532
)
(197,538
)
Net loans
8,992,946

9,213,444

Loans held for sale
31,076

63,751

Investment securities:
 
 
Available for sale ($418,046,000 and $429,439,000 pledged in 2011 and
 
 
2010, respectively, to secure structured repurchase agreements)
9,224,702

7,294,303

Trading
17,853

11,710

Non-marketable
115,832

103,521

Total investment securities
9,358,387

7,409,534

Short-term federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
11,870

10,135

Long-term securities purchased under agreements to resell
850,000

450,000

Interest earning deposits with banks
39,853

122,076

Cash and due from banks
465,828

328,464

Land, buildings and equipment – net
360,146

383,397

Goodwill
125,585

125,585

Other intangible assets – net
7,714

10,937

Other assets
405,962

385,016

Total assets
$
20,649,367

$
18,502,339

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
Deposits:
 
 
Non-interest bearing
$
5,377,549

$
4,494,028

Savings, interest checking and money market
8,933,941

7,846,831

Time open and C.D.’s of less than $100,000
1,166,104

1,465,050

Time open and C.D.’s of $100,000 and over
1,322,289

1,279,112

Total deposits
16,799,883

15,085,021

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
1,256,081

982,827

Other borrowings
111,817

112,273

Other liabilities
311,225

298,754

Total liabilities
18,479,006

16,478,875

Commerce Bancshares, Inc. stockholders’ equity:
 
 
Preferred stock, $1 par value
   Authorized and unissued 2,000,000 shares


Common stock, $5 par value
   Authorized 100,000,000 shares; issued 89,277,398 and 86,788,322 shares in 2011 and 2010, respectively
446,387

433,942

Capital surplus
1,042,065

971,293

Retained earnings
575,419

555,778

Treasury stock of 217,755 and 61,839 shares in 2011 and 2010, respectively, at cost
(8,362
)
(2,371
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
110,538

63,345

Total Commerce Bancshares, Inc. stockholders’ equity
2,166,047

2,021,987

Non-controlling interest
4,314

1,477

Total equity
2,170,361

2,023,464

Total liabilities and equity
$
20,649,367

$
18,502,339

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

58

Table of Contents

Commerce Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
For the Years Ended December 31
(In thousands, except per share data)
2011
2010
2009
INTEREST INCOME
 
 
 
Interest and fees on loans
$
463,511

$
507,666

$
556,404

Interest on loans held for sale
1,115

6,091

8,219

Interest on investment securities
219,348

212,697

223,860

Interest on short-term federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
55

48

222
Interest on long-term securities purchased under agreements to resell
13,455

2,549


Interest on deposits with banks
487

427

807
Total interest income
697,971

729,478

789,512

INTEREST EXPENSE
 
 
 
Interest on deposits:
 
 
 
Savings, interest checking and money market
25,856

29,298

31,431

Time open and C.D.’s of less than $100,000
11,352

22,871

51,982

Time open and C.D.’s of $100,000 and over
9,272

13,847

35,371

Interest on federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
1,741

2,584

3,699

Interest on other borrowings
3,680

14,946

31,527

Total interest expense
51,901

83,546

154,010

Net interest income
646,070

645,932

635,502

Provision for loan losses
51,515

100,000

160,697

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
594,555

545,932

474,805

NON-INTEREST INCOME
 
 
 
Bank card transaction fees
157,077

148,888

122,124

Trust fees
88,313

80,963

76,831

Deposit account charges and other fees
82,651

92,637

106,362

Bond trading income
19,846

21,098

22,432

Consumer brokerage services
10,018

9,190

10,831

Loan fees and sales
7,580

23,116

21,273

Other
27,432

29,219

36,406

Total non-interest income
392,917

405,111

396,259

INVESTMENT SECURITIES GAINS (LOSSES), NET
 
 
 
Impairment (losses) reversals on debt securities
2,190

13,058

(32,783
)
Noncredit-related losses (reversals) on securities not expected to be sold
(4,727
)
(18,127
)
30,310

Net impairment losses
(2,537
)
(5,069
)
(2,473
)
Realized gains (losses) on sales and fair value adjustments
13,349

3,284

(4,722
)
Investment securities gains (losses), net
10,812

(1,785
)
(7,195
)
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
345,325

346,550

345,779

Net occupancy
46,434

46,987

45,925

Equipment
22,252

23,324

25,472

Supplies and communication
22,448

27,113

32,156

Data processing and software
68,103

67,935

61,789

Marketing
16,767

18,161

18,231

Deposit insurance
13,123

19,246

27,373

Debit overdraft litigation
18,300



Debt extinguishment

11,784


Indemnification obligation
(4,432
)
(4,405
)
(2,496
)
Other
68,929

74,439

67,508

Total non-interest expense
617,249

631,134

621,737

Income before income taxes
381,035

318,124

242,132

Less income taxes
121,412

96,249

73,757

Net income
259,623

221,875

168,375

Less non-controlling interest expense (income)
3,280

165

(700
)
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMERCE BANCSHARES, INC.
$
256,343

$
221,710

$
169,075

Net income per common share - basic
$
2.83

$
2.41

$
1.88

Net income per common share - diluted
$
2.82

$
2.40

$
1.87

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

59

Table of Contents

Commerce Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
For the Years Ended December 31
(In thousands)
2011
2010
2009
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
Net income
$
259,623

$
221,875

$
168,375

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
Provision for loan losses
51,515

100,000

160,697

Provision for depreciation and amortization
46,743

48,924

51,514

Amortization of investment security premiums, net
18,972

21,635

2,348

Deferred income tax benefit
(2,836
)
(9,085
)
(7,310
)
Investment securities (gains) losses, net
(10,812
)
1,785

7,195

Gain on sale of held to maturity student loans

(6,914
)

Net gains on sales of loans held for sale
(2,040
)
(10,402
)
(12,201
)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
87,732

635,743

577,726

Originations of loans held for sale
(52,995
)
(344,360
)
(545,380
)
Net (increase) decrease in trading securities
2,354

(928
)
(14,014
)
Stock-based compensation
4,731

6,021

6,642

(Increase) decrease in interest receivable
(2,010
)
12,041

2,943

Decrease in interest payable
(4,598
)
(9,462
)
(18,574
)
Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable
14,519

2,714

(3,067
)
Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans
(1,065
)
(1,178
)
(557
)
Prepayment of FDIC insurance premiums


(63,739
)
Other changes, net
(2,472
)
2,768

(17,310
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
407,361

671,177

295,288

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
Net cash and cash equivalents paid in dispositions


(3,494
)
Proceeds from sales of available for sale securities
19,833

78,640

207,852

Proceeds from maturities/pay downs of available for sale securities
2,562,551

2,308,323

1,332,347

Purchases of available for sale securities
(4,517,463
)
(3,217,600
)
(4,078,962
)
Net decrease in loans
168,983

644,314

999,086

Long-term securities purchased under agreements to resell
(500,000
)
(450,000
)

Repayments of long-term securities purchased under agreements to resell
100,000



Purchases of land, buildings and equipment
(21,332
)
(18,528
)
(29,247
)
Sales of land, buildings and equipment
2,593

397

151

Net cash used in investing activities
(2,184,835
)
(654,454
)
(1,572,267
)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
Net increase in non-interest bearing, savings, interest checking and money market deposits
1,981,201

1,300,555

2,041,513

Net decrease in time open and C.D.’s
(255,769
)
(469,557
)
(693,941
)
Long-term securities sold under agreements to repurchase

400,000


Repayment of long-term securities sold under agreements to repurchase

(500,000
)

Net increase (decrease) in short-term federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
273,254

(20,364
)
76,654

Additional other long-term borrowings


100,000

Repayment of other long-term borrowings
(456
)
(623,789
)
(311,719
)
Net decrease in other short-term borrowings


(800,000
)
Purchases of treasury stock
(101,154
)
(40,984
)
(528
)
Issuance of stock under open market stock sale program, stock purchase and equity compensation plans
15,349

11,310

103,641

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans
1,065

1,178

557

Cash dividends paid on common stock
(79,140
)
(78,231
)
(74,720
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
1,834,350

(19,882
)
441,457

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
56,876

(3,159
)
(835,522
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
460,675

463,834

1,299,356

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
517,551

$
460,675

$
463,834

Income tax payments, net
$
106,653

$
100,610

$
82,900

Interest paid on deposits and borrowings
$
56,499

$
93,008

$
172,608

Loans transferred to foreclosed real estate
$
22,957

$
16,440

$
12,857

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

60

Table of Contents

Commerce Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
 
Commerce Bancshares, Inc. Shareholders
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Common Stock
Capital Surplus
Retained Earnings
Treasury Stock
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Non-Controlling Interest
Total
Balance, December 31, 2008
$
379,505

$
621,458

$
633,159

$
(761
)
$
(56,729
)
$
2,835

$
1,579,467

Net income




169,075





(700
)
168,375

Change in unrealized gain (loss) related to available for sale securities for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment has been recorded in earnings, net of tax








7,596



7,596

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on all other available for sale securities, net of tax








93,075



93,075

Change related to pension plan, net of tax








2,465



2,465

Total comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 
 
271,511

Distributions to non-controlling interest










(458
)
(458
)
Purchase of treasury stock






(528
)




(528
)
Cash dividends paid ($.829 per share)




(74,720
)






(74,720
)
Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans


557









557

Stock-based compensation
 
6,642









6,642

Issuance under stock purchase and equity compensation plans, net
1,910

3,127



451





5,488

Issuance of stock under open market sale program
14,474

83,679









98,153

5% stock dividend, net
19,748

139,027

(158,982
)






(207
)
Balance, December 31, 2009
415,637

854,490

568,532

(838
)
46,407

1,677

1,885,905

Net income


221,710



165
221,875

Change in unrealized gain (loss) related to available for sale securities for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment has been recorded in earnings, net of tax




14,243


14,243

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on all other available for sale securities, net of tax




1,813


1,813

Change related to pension plan, net of tax




882

882
Total comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 
 
238,813

Distributions to non-controlling interest





(365
)
(365
)
Purchase of treasury stock



(40,984
)


(40,984
)
Cash dividends paid ($.853 per share)


(78,231
)



(78,231
)
Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans

1,178




 
1,178

Stock-based compensation

6,021





6,021

Issuance under stock purchase and equity compensation plans, net
2,196

3,102


6,012



11,310

5% stock dividend, net
16,109

106,502

(156,233
)
33,439



(183
)
Balance, December 31, 2010
433,942

971,293

555,778

(2,371
)
63,345

1,477

2,023,464

Net income




256,343





3,280

259,623

Change in unrealized gain (loss) related to available for sale securities for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment has been recorded in earnings, net of tax








3,214



3,214

Change in unrealized gain (loss) on all other available for sale securities, net of tax








48,287



48,287

Change related to pension plan, net of tax








(4,308
)


(4,308
)
Total comprehensive income












306,816

Distributions to non-controlling interest










(443
)
(443
)
Purchase of treasury stock






(101,154
)




(101,154
)
Cash dividends paid ($.876 per share)




(79,140
)






(79,140
)
Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans


1,065



 




1,065

Stock-based compensation


4,731









4,731

Issuance under stock purchase and equity compensation plans, net
2,539

4,061



8,749





15,349

5% stock dividend, net
9,906

60,915

(157,562
)
86,414





(327
)
Balance, December 31, 2011
$
446,387

$
1,042,065

$
575,419

$
(8,362
)
$
110,538

$
4,314

$
2,170,361

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

61

Table of Contents

Commerce Bancshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 
 
 
 
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of Operations
Commerce Bancshares, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) conducts its principal activities from approximately 360 locations throughout Missouri, Illinois, Kansas, Oklahoma and Colorado. Principal activities include retail and commercial banking, investment management, securities brokerage, mortgage banking, credit related insurance and private equity investment activities.
        
Basis of Presentation
The Company follows accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) and reporting practices applicable to the banking industry. The preparation of financial statements under GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and notes. These estimates are based on information available to management at the time the estimates are made. While the consolidated financial statements reflect management’s best estimates and judgments, actual results could differ from those estimates. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned subsidiaries (after elimination of all material intercompany balances and transactions). Certain amounts for prior years have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. Such reclassifications had no effect on net income or total assets.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
In the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include “Cash and due from banks”, “Short-term federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell”, and “Interest earning deposits with banks” as segregated in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Loans and Related Earnings
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are reported at their outstanding principal balances, net of undisbursed loan proceeds, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees and costs on originated loans. Origination fee income received on loans and amounts representing the estimated direct costs of origination are deferred and amortized to interest income over the life of the loan using the interest method. Prepayment premium or yield maintenance agreements are generally required on all term commercial loans with fixed rate intervals of three years or more.

Interest on loans is accrued based upon the principal amount outstanding. Interest income is recognized primarily on the level yield method. Loan and commitment fees, net of costs, are deferred and recognized in income over the term of the loan or commitment as an adjustment of yield. Annual fees charged on credit card loans are capitalized to principal and amortized over 12 months to loan fees and sales in the accompanying consolidated income statements. Other credit card fees, such as cash advance fees and late payment fees, are recognized in income as an adjustment of yield when charged to the cardholder’s account.

Non-Accrual Loans
Loans are placed on non-accrual status when management does not expect to collect payments consistent with acceptable and agreed upon terms of repayment. Business, construction real estate, business real estate, and personal real estate loans that are contractually 90 days past due as to principal and/or interest payments are generally placed on non-accrual, unless they are both well-secured and in the process of collection. Consumer, revolving home equity and credit card loans are exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as non-accrual. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, any interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current income, and the loan is charged off to the extent uncollectible. Principal and interest payments received on non-accrual loans are generally applied to principal. Interest is included in income only after all previous loan charge-offs have been recovered and is recorded only as received. The loan is returned to accrual status only when the borrower has brought all past due principal and interest payments current and, in the opinion of management, the borrower has demonstrated the ability to make future payments of principal and interest as scheduled. A six month history of sustained payment performance is generally required before reinstatement of accrual status.






62

Table of Contents

Restructured Loans
A loan is accounted for as a troubled debt restructuring if the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrowers’ financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. A troubled debt restructuring typically involves a modification of terms such as a reduction of the stated interest rate or face amount of the loan, a reduction of accrued interest, or an extension of the maturity date at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk. The Company measures the impairment loss of a troubled debt restructuring based on the difference between the original loan’s carrying amount and the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the original, contractual rate of the loan. Business, business real estate, construction real estate and personal real estate loans whose terms have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring with impairment charges are generally placed on non-accrual status. Other loans identified as troubled debt restructurings were so designated because they were renewed at interest rates that were not deemed to represent current market rates for debt of similar risk. These loans are performing under their modified terms, and interest continues to be accrued and recognized in income. Troubled debt restructurings also include certain credit card loans which have been modified under various debt management and assistance programs.

Impaired Loans
Loans are evaluated regularly by management for impairment. Included in impaired loans are all non-accrual loans, as well as loans whose terms have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring, as discussed above. Once a loan has been identified as impaired, impairment is measured based on either the present value of the expected future cash flows at the loan’s initial effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if collateral dependent. Factors considered in determining impairment include delinquency status, cash flow analysis, credit analysis, and collateral value and availability.

Loans Held for Sale
Loans held for sale include student loans and fixed rate residential mortgage loans. These loans are typically classified as held for sale upon origination based upon management’s intent to sell all the production of these loans. They are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value. Fair value is determined based on prevailing market prices for loans with similar characteristics, sale contract prices, or, for those portfolios for which management has concerns about contractual performance, discounted cash flow analyses. Declines in fair value below cost (and subsequent recoveries) are recognized in loan fees and sales. Deferred fees and costs related to these loans are not amortized but are recognized as part of the cost basis of the loan at the time it is sold. Gains or losses on sales are recognized upon delivery and included in loan fees and sales.

Allowance/Provision for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level believed to be appropriate by management to provide for probable loan losses inherent in the portfolio as of the balance sheet date, including losses on known or anticipated problem loans as well as for loans which are not currently known to require specific allowances. Management has established a process to determine the amount of the allowance for loan losses which assesses the risks and losses inherent in its portfolio. Business, construction real estate and business real estate loans are normally larger and more complex, and their collection rates are harder to predict. These loans are more likely to be collateral dependent and are allocated a larger reserve, due to their potential volatility. Personal real estate, credit card, consumer and revolving home equity loans are individually smaller and perform in a more homogenous manner, making loss estimates more predictable. Management’s process provides an allowance consisting of a specific allowance component based on certain individually evaluated loans and a general component based on estimates of reserves needed for pools of loans.

 
Loans subject to individual evaluation generally consist of business, construction real estate, business real estate and personal real estate loans on non-accrual status. These impaired loans are evaluated individually for the impairment of repayment potential and collateral adequacy, and in conjunction with current economic conditions and loss experience, allowances are estimated. Certain other impaired loans identified as troubled debt restructurings are collectively evaluated because they have similar risk characteristics. Loans which have not been identified as impaired are segregated by loan type and sub-type and are collectively evaluated. Reserves calculated for these loan pools are estimated using a consistent methodology that considers historical loan loss experience by loan type, delinquencies, current economic factors, loan risk ratings and industry concentrations.

The Company’s estimate of the allowance for loan losses and the corresponding provision for loan losses is based on various judgments and assumptions made by management. The amount of the allowance for loan losses is highly dependent on management’s estimates affecting valuation, appraisal of collateral, evaluation of performance and status, and the amount and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans. Factors that influence these judgments include past loan loss experience, current loan portfolio composition and characteristics, trends in portfolio risk ratings, levels of non-performing assets, prevailing regional and national economic conditions, and the Company’s ongoing loan review process.


63

Table of Contents

The estimates, appraisals, evaluations, and cash flows utilized by management may be subject to frequent adjustments due to changing economic prospects of borrowers or properties. These estimates are reviewed periodically and adjustments, if necessary, are recorded in the provision for loan losses in the periods in which they become known.

Loans, or portions of loans, are charged off to the extent deemed uncollectible. Loan charge-offs reduce the allowance for loan losses, and recoveries of loans previously charged off are added back to the allowance. Business, business real estate, construction real estate and personal real estate loans are generally charged down to estimated collectible balances when they are placed on non-accrual status. Consumer loans and related accrued interest are normally charged down to the fair value of related collateral (or are charged off in full if no collateral) once the loans are more than 120 days delinquent. Credit card loans are charged off against the allowance for loan losses when the receivable is more than 180 days past due. The interest and fee income previously capitalized but not collected on credit card charge-offs is reversed against interest income.

Operating, Direct Financing and Sales Type Leases
The net investment in direct financing and sales type leases is included in loans on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, and consists of the present values of the sum of the future minimum lease payments and estimated residual value of the leased asset. Revenue consists of interest earned on the net investment and is recognized over the lease term as a constant percentage return thereon. The net investment in operating leases is included in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. It is carried at cost, less the amount depreciated to date. Depreciation is recognized, on the straight-line basis, over the lease term to the estimated residual value. Operating lease revenue consists of the contractual lease payments and is recognized over the lease term in other non-interest income. Estimated residual values are established at lease inception utilizing contract terms, past customer experience, and general market data and are reviewed and adjusted, if necessary, on an annual basis.

Investments in Debt and Equity Securities
The Company has classified the majority of its investment portfolio as available for sale. From time to time, the Company sells securities and utilizes the proceeds to reduce borrowings, fund loan growth, or modify its interest rate profile. Securities classified as available for sale are carried at fair value. Changes in fair value, excluding certain losses associated with other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI), are reported in other comprehensive income (loss), a component of stockholders’ equity. Securities are periodically evaluated for OTTI in accordance with guidance provided in ASC 320-10-35. For securities with OTTI, the entire loss in fair value is required to be recognized in current earnings if the Company intends to sell the securities or believes it likely that it will be required to sell the security before the anticipated recovery. If neither condition is met, but the Company does not expect to recover the amortized cost basis, the Company determines whether a credit loss has occurred, and the loss is then recognized in current earnings. The noncredit-related portion of the overall loss is reported in other comprehensive income (loss). Mortgage and asset-backed securities whose credit ratings are below AA at their purchase date are evaluated for OTTI under ASC 325-40-35, which requires evaluations for OTTI at purchase date and in subsequent periods. Gains and losses realized upon sales of securities are calculated using the specific identification method and are included in Investment securities gains (losses), net in the consolidated statements of income. Premiums and discounts are amortized to interest income over the estimated lives of the securities. Prepayment experience is continually evaluated to determine the appropriate estimate of the future rate of prepayment. When a change in a bond's estimated remaining life is necessary, a corresponding adjustment is made in the related amortization of premium or discount accretion.

Non-marketable securities include certain private equity investments, consisting of both debt and equity instruments. These securities are carried at fair value in accordance with ASC 946-10-15, with changes in fair value reported in current earnings. In the absence of readily ascertainable market values, fair value is estimated using internally developed models. Changes in fair value and gains and losses from sales are included in Investment securities gains (losses), net. Other non-marketable securities acquired for debt and regulatory purposes are accounted for at cost.

Trading account securities, which are bought and held principally for the purpose of resale in the near term, are carried at fair value. Gains and losses, both realized and unrealized, are recorded in non-interest income.

Purchases and sales of securities are recognized on a trade date basis. A receivable or payable is recognized for pending transaction settlements.    

Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase
The Company periodically enters into investments of securities under agreements to resell with large financial institutions. These agreements are accounted for as collateralized financing transactions. Securities pledged by the counterparties to secure these agreements are delivered to a third party custodian. Collateral is valued daily, and the Company may require counterparties to deposit additional collateral, or the Company may return collateral pledged when appropriate to maintain full collateralization

64

Table of Contents

for these transactions. At December 31, 2011, the Company had entered into $850.0 million of long-term agreements to resell and had accepted securities valued at $894.4 million as collateral.
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are offered to cash management customers as an automated, collateralized investment account and totaled $702.8 million at December 31, 2011. Securities sold are also used by the Bank to obtain additional borrowed funds at favorable rates, and at December 31, 2011, such securities sold totaled $400.0 million of long-term structured repurchase agreements. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had pledged $2.0 billion of available for sale securities as collateral for repurchase agreements.

Land, Buildings and Equipment
Land is stated at cost, and buildings and equipment are stated at cost, including capitalized interest when appropriate, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using straight-line and accelerated methods. The Company generally assigns depreciable lives of 30 years for buildings, 10 years for building improvements, and 3 to 8 years for equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or remaining lease terms. Maintenance and repairs are charged to non-interest expense as incurred.

Foreclosed Assets
Foreclosed assets consist of property that has been repossessed and is comprised of commercial and residential real estate and other non-real estate property, including auto and recreational and marine vehicles. The assets are initially recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs, with any valuation adjustments charged to the allowance for loan losses. Fair values are estimated primarily based on appraisals when available or quoted market prices of liquid assets. After their initial recognition, foreclosed assets are valued at the lower of the amount recorded at acquisition date or the current fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any resulting valuation adjustments, in addition to gains and losses realized on sales and net operating expenses, are recorded in other non-interest expense.

Intangible Assets
Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but are tested annually for impairment. Intangible assets that have finite useful lives, such as core deposit intangibles and mortgage servicing rights, are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Core deposit intangibles are amortized over periods of 8 to 14 years, representing their estimated lives, using accelerated methods. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income, considering appropriate prepayment assumptions.

When facts and circumstances indicate potential impairment of amortizable intangible assets, the Company evaluates the recoverability of the asset carrying value, using estimates of undiscounted future cash flows over the remaining asset life. Any impairment loss is measured by the excess of carrying value over fair value. Goodwill impairment tests are performed on an annual basis or when events or circumstances dictate. In these tests, the fair value of each reporting unit, or segment, is compared to the carrying amount of that reporting unit in order to determine if impairment is indicated. If so, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is compared to its carrying amount, and the impairment loss is measured by the excess of the carrying value over fair value. There has been no impairment resulting from goodwill impairment tests. However, adverse changes in the economic environment, operations of the reporting unit, or other factors could result in a decline in the implied fair value.

Income Taxes
Amounts provided for income tax expense are based on income reported for financial statement purposes and do not necessarily represent amounts currently payable under tax laws. Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between the financial reporting bases and income tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities, net operating losses, and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income when such assets and liabilities are anticipated to be settled or realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized as tax expense or benefit in the period that includes the enactment date of the change. In determining the amount of deferred tax assets to recognize in the financial statements, the Company evaluates the likelihood of realizing such benefits in future periods. A valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income taxes within income tax expense in the consolidated statements of income.

The Company and its eligible subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. State and local income tax returns are filed on a combined, consolidated or separate return basis based upon each jurisdiction’s laws and regulations.



65

Table of Contents

Derivatives
The Company is exposed to market risk, including changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates. To manage the volatility relating to these exposures, the Company’s risk management policies permit its use of derivative products. The Company manages potential credit exposure through established credit approvals, risk control limits and other monitoring procedures. The Company uses derivatives on a limited basis mainly to stabilize interest rate margins and hedge against interest rate movements. The Company more often manages normal asset and liability positions by altering the products it offers and by selling portions of specific loan or investment portfolios as necessary.

Derivative accounting guidance requires that all derivative financial instruments be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value, with the adjustment to fair value recorded in current earnings. Derivatives that are part of a qualifying hedging relationship under ASC 815-20-25 can be designated, based on the exposure being hedged, as fair value or cash flow hedges. Under the fair value hedging model, gains or losses attributable to the change in fair value of the derivative, as well as gains and losses attributable to the change in fair value of the hedged item, are recognized in current earnings. Under the cash flow hedging model, the effective portion of the gain or loss related to the derivative is recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. The ineffective portion is recognized in current earnings.

The Company formally documents all hedging relationships between hedging instruments and the hedged item, as well as its risk management objective. At December 31, 2011, the Company had three interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges. The Company performs quarterly assessments, using the regression method, to determine whether the hedging relationship has been highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values.

Derivative contracts are also offered to customers to assist in hedging their risks of adverse changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates. The Company serves as an intermediary between its customers and the markets. Each contract between the Company and its customers is offset by a contract between the Company and various counterparties. These contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting. They are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in other non-interest income. As each customer contract is paired with an offsetting contract, the impact to net income is minimized.

The Company enters into interest rate lock commitments on mortgage loans, which are commitments to originate loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding. The Company also has corresponding forward sales contracts related to these interest rate lock commitments. Both the mortgage loan commitments and the related sales contracts are accounted for as derivatives and carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in loan fees and sales. Fair values are based upon quoted prices, and fair value measurements of mortgage loan commitments include the value of loan servicing rights.

Pension Plan
The Company’s pension plan is described in Note 9, Employee Benefit Plans. The funded status of the plan is recognized as an asset or liability in the balance sheet, and changes in that funded status are recognized in the year in which the changes occur through other comprehensive income. Plan assets and benefit obligations are measured as of fiscal year end. The measurement of the projected benefit obligation and pension expense involve actuarial valuation methods and the use of various actuarial and economic assumptions. The Company monitors the assumptions and updates them periodically. Due to the long-term nature of the pension plan obligation, actual results may differ significantly from estimations. Such differences are adjusted over time as the assumptions are replaced by facts and values are recalculated.

Stock-Based Compensation
The Company’s stock-based employee compensation plan is described in Note 10, Stock-Based Compensation and Directors Stock Purchase Plan. In accordance with the requirements of ASC 718-10-30-3 and 35-2, the Company measures the cost of stock-based compensation based on the grant-date fair value of the award, recognizing the cost over the requisite service period. The fair value of an award is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The expense recognized is based on an estimation of the number of awards for which the requisite service is expected to be rendered and is included in salaries and employee benefits in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Treasury Stock
Purchases of the Company’s common stock are recorded at cost. Upon re-issuance for acquisitions, exercises of stock-based awards or other corporate purposes, treasury stock is reduced based upon the average cost basis of shares held.





66

Table of Contents

Income per Share
Basic income per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each year. Diluted income per share includes the effect of all dilutive potential common shares (primarily stock options and stock appreciation rights) outstanding during each year. The Company applies the two-class method of computing income per share. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines income per share for common stock and for participating securities, according to dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The Company’s restricted share awards are considered to be a class of participating security. All per share data has been restated to reflect the 5% stock dividend distributed in December 2011.

2. Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
Major classifications within the Company’s held to maturity loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:
(In thousands)
2011
2010
Commercial:
 
 
Business
$
2,808,265

$
2,957,043

Real estate — construction and land
386,598

460,853

Real estate — business
2,180,100

2,065,837

Personal Banking:
 
 
Real estate — personal
1,428,777

1,440,386

Consumer
1,114,889

1,164,327

Revolving home equity
463,587

477,518

Consumer credit card
788,701

831,035

Overdrafts
6,561

13,983

Total loans
$
9,177,478

$
9,410,982


Loans to directors and executive officers of the Parent and its significant subsidiaries, and to their associates, are summarized as follows:
(In thousands)
 
Balance at January 1, 2011
$
66,974

Additions
263,047

Amounts collected
(267,233
)
Amounts written off

Balance, December 31, 2011
$
62,788


Management believes all loans to directors and executive officers have been made in the ordinary course of business with normal credit terms, including interest rate and collateral considerations, and do not represent more than a normal risk of collection. There were no outstanding loans at December 31, 2011 to principal holders (over 10% ownership) of the Company’s common stock.

The Company’s lending activity is generally centered in Missouri, Illinois, Kansas and other nearby states including Iowa, Oklahoma, Colorado, Ohio, and others. The Company maintains a diversified portfolio with limited industry concentrations of credit risk. Loans and loan commitments are extended under the Company’s normal credit standards, controls, and monitoring features. Most loan commitments are short or intermediate term in nature. Loan maturities, with the exception of residential mortgages, generally do not exceed five years. Collateral is commonly required and would include such assets as marketable securities and cash equivalent assets, accounts receivable and inventory, equipment, other forms of personal property, and real estate. At December 31, 2011, unfunded loan commitments totaled $7.6 billion (which included $3.5 billion in unused approved lines of credit related to credit card loan agreements) which could be drawn by customers subject to certain review and terms of agreement. At December 31, 2011, loans of $3.1 billion were pledged at the FHLB as collateral for borrowings and letters of credit obtained to secure public deposits. Additional loans of $1.2 billion were pledged at the Federal Reserve Bank as collateral for discount window borrowings.

The Company has a net investment in direct financing and sales type leases of $241.8 million and $243.5 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which is included in business loans on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. This investment includes deferred income of $20.8 million and $25.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The net investment in operating leases amounted to $20.1 million and $10.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is included in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

67

Table of Contents

Allowance for loan losses

A summary of the activity in the allowance for losses during the year ended December 31, 2011 follows:
(In thousands)
Commercial
Personal Banking
Total
Balance at January 1, 2011
$
119,946

$
77,592

$
197,538

Provision for loan losses
18,052

33,463

51,515

Deductions:
 
 
 
Loans charged off
18,818

62,567

81,385

Less recoveries
3,317

13,547

16,864

Net loans charged off
15,501

49,020

64,521

Balance at December 31, 2011
$
122,497

$
62,035

$
184,532


A summary of the activity in the allowance for losses during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 follows:
(In thousands)
2010
2009
Balance at January 1
$
194,480

$
172,619

Provision for loan losses
100,000

160,697

Deductions:
 
 
Loan charged off
114,573

154,410

Less recoveries
17,631

15,574

Net loans charged off
96,942

138,836

Balance at December 31
$
197,538

$
194,480


The following table shows the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the related loan balance at December 31, 2011 and 2010, disaggregated on the basis of impairment methodology. Impaired loans evaluated under ASC 310-10-35 include loans on non-accrual status which are individually evaluated for impairment and other impaired loans deemed to have similar risk characteristics, which are collectively evaluated. All other loans are collectively evaluated for impairment under ASC 450-20.
(In thousands)
Commercial
Personal Banking
Total
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
Impaired loans
$
6,668

$
4,090

$
10,758

All other loans
115,829

57,945

173,774

Loans outstanding:
 
 
 
Impaired loans
108,167

31,088

139,255

All other loans
5,266,796

3,771,427

9,038,223

December 31, 2010
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
Impaired loans
$
6,127

$
3,243

$
9,370

All other loans
113,819

74,349

188,168

Loans outstanding:
 
 
 
Impaired loans
118,532

26,828

145,360

All other loans
5,365,201

3,900,421

9,265,622


Impaired loans
The table below shows the Company’s investment in impaired loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010. These loans consist of loans on non-accrual status and other restructured loans whose terms have been modified and classified as troubled debt restructurings under ASC 310-40. The restructured loans have been extended to borrowers who are experiencing financial difficulty and who have been granted a concession. They are largely comprised of certain business, construction and business real estate loans classified as substandard. Upon maturity, the loans renewed at interest rates judged not to be market rates for new debt with similar risk and as a result were classified as troubled debt restructurings. These loans totaled $41.3 million at both December 31, 2011 and 2010. These restructured loans are performing in accordance with their modified terms, and because the Company

68

Table of Contents

believes it probable that all amounts due under the modified terms of the agreements will be collected, interest on these loans is being recognized on an accrual basis. Troubled debt restructurings also include certain credit card loans under various debt management and assistance programs, which totaled $22.4 million at December 31, 2011 and $18.8 million at December 31, 2010.
(In thousands)
2011
2010
Non-accrual loans
$
75,482

$
85,275

Restructured loans (accruing)
63,773

60,085

Total impaired loans
$
139,255

$
145,360


The following table provides additional information about impaired loans held by the Company at December 31, 2011 and 2010, segregated between loans for which an allowance for credit losses has been provided and loans for which no allowance has been provided.
(In thousands)
Recorded Investment
Unpaid Principal Balance
 Related Allowance
Interest Income Recognized *
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
Business
$
19,759

$
22,497

$

$

Real estate – construction and land
8,391

22,746



Real estate – business
6,853

9,312



Real estate – personal
793

793



 
$
35,796

$
55,348

$

$

With an allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
Business
$
15,604

$
19,286

$
1,500

$
284

Real estate – construction and land
37,387

47,516

2,580

947

Real estate – business
20,173

24,799

2,588

327

Real estate – personal
7,867

10,671

795

37

Consumer credit card
22,428

22,428

3,295

2,016

 
$
103,459

$
124,700

$
10,758

$
3,611

Total
$
139,255

$
180,048

$
10,758

$
3,611

December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
With no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
Business
$
3,544

$
5,095

$

$

Real estate – construction and land
30,979

55,790



Real estate – business
4,245

5,295



Real estate – personal
755

755



 
$
39,523

$
66,935

$

$

With an allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
Business
$
18,464

$
21,106

$
1,665

$
395

Real estate – construction and land
39,719

52,587

2,538

756

Real estate – business
21,581

25,713

1,924

387

Real estate – personal
7,294

9,489

936

25

Consumer credit card
18,779

18,779

2,307

1,304

 
$
105,837

$
127,674

$
9,370

$
2,867

Total
$
145,360

$
194,609

$
9,370

$
2,867

* Represents interest income recognized during the respective years on impaired loans held at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. Interest shown is interest recognized on accruing restructured loans as noted above.






69

Table of Contents

Total average impaired loans, shown in the table below, were $143.3 million during 2011, compared to total average impaired loans of $173.0 million during 2010 and $160.6 million during 2009.
(In thousands)
 
Commercial
Personal Banking
Total
Average impaired loans:
 
 
 
 
Non-accrual loans
 
$
70,053

$
7,121

$
77,174

Restructured loans (accruing)
 
43,575

22,583

66,158

Average impaired loans during 2011
 
$
113,628

$
29,704

$
143,332


Delinquent and non-accrual loans
The following table provides aging information on the Company’s past due and accruing loans, in addition to the balances of loans on non-accrual status, at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
(In thousands)
Current or Less Than 30 Days Past Due
30 – 89 Days Past Due
90 Days Past Due and Still Accruing
Non-accrual
Total
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
Business
$
2,777,578

$
4,368

$
595

$
25,724

$
2,808,265

Real estate – construction and land
362,592

1,113

121

22,772

386,598

Real estate – business
2,151,822

8,875

29

19,374

2,180,100

Personal Banking:
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate – personal
1,406,449

11,671

3,045

7,612

1,428,777

Consumer
1,096,742

15,917

2,230


1,114,889

Revolving home equity
461,941

1,003

643


463,587

Consumer credit card
769,922

10,484

8,295


788,701

Overdrafts
6,173

388



6,561

Total
$
9,033,219

$
53,819

$
14,958

$
75,482

$
9,177,478

December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial:
 
 
 
 
 
Business
$
2,927,403

$
19,853

$
854

$
8,933

$
2,957,043

Real estate – construction and land
400,420

7,464

217

52,752

460,853

Real estate – business
2,040,794

8,801


16,242

2,065,837

Personal Banking:
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate – personal
1,413,905

15,579

3,554

7,348

1,440,386

Consumer
1,145,561

15,899

2,867


1,164,327

Revolving home equity
475,764

929

825


477,518

Consumer credit card
806,373

12,513

12,149


831,035

Overdrafts
13,555

428



13,983

Total
$
9,223,775

$
81,466

$
20,466

$
85,275

$
9,410,982


Credit quality
The following table provides information about the credit quality of the Commercial loan portfolio, using the Company’s internal rating system as an indicator. The information below was updated as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 for this indicator. The internal rating system is a series of grades reflecting management’s risk assessment, based on its analysis of the borrower’s financial condition. The “pass” category consists of a range of loan grades that reflect increasing, though still acceptable, risk. Movement of risk through the various grade levels in the “pass” category is monitored for early identification of credit deterioration. The “special mention” rating is attached to loans where the borrower exhibits material negative financial trends due to borrower specific or systemic conditions that, if left uncorrected, threaten its capacity to meet its debt obligations. The borrower is believed to have sufficient financial flexibility to react to and resolve its negative financial situation. It is a transitional grade that is closely monitored for improvement or deterioration. The “substandard” rating is applied to loans where the borrower exhibits well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize its continued performance and are of a severity that the distinct possibility of default exists. Loans are placed on “non-accrual” when management does not expect to collect payments consistent with acceptable and agreed upon terms of repayment, as discussed in Note 1.

70

Table of Contents

 
Commercial Loans
(In thousands)
Business
Real Estate -Construction
Real Estate - Business
Total
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
Pass
$
2,669,868

$
304,408

$
1,994,391

$
4,968,667

Special mention
37,460

4,722

52,683

94,865

Substandard
75,213

54,696

113,652

243,561

Non-accrual
25,724

22,772

19,374

67,870

Total
$
2,808,265

$
386,598

$
2,180,100

$
5,374,963

December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
Pass
$
2,801,328

$
327,167

$
1,878,005

$
5,006,500

Special mention
67,142

29,345

77,527

174,014

Substandard
79,640

51,589

94,063

225,292

Non-accrual
8,933

52,752

16,242

77,927

Total
$
2,957,043

$
460,853

$
2,065,837

$
5,483,733


The credit quality of Personal Banking loans is monitored primarily on the basis of aging/delinquency, and this information is provided in the table in the above Delinquency section. In addition, FICO scores are obtained and updated on a quarterly basis for most of the loans in the Personal Banking portfolio. This is a published credit score designed to measure the risk of default by taking into account various factors from a person's financial history. The bank normally obtains a FICO score at the loan's origination and renewal dates, and updates are obtained on a quarterly basis. Excluded from the table below are approximately $372 million in consumer and personal real estate loans, or 9.8% of the Personal Banking portfolio, for which FICO scores are not obtained because they are related to commercial activity. For the remainder of loans in the Personal Banking portfolio, the table below shows the percentage of balances outstanding at December 31, 2011 by FICO score.
 
Personal Banking Loans
 
% of Loan Category


Real Estate - Personal
Consumer
Revolving Home Equity
Consumer Credit Card
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
FICO score:
 
 
 
 
Under 600
3.4
%
8.4
%
2.6
%
4.9
%
600 – 659
4.1

11.0

4.9

11.2

660 – 719
12.2

23.2

15.1

31.0

720 – 780
29.2

26.0

26.3

29.0

Over 780
51.1

31.4

51.1

23.9

Total
100.0
%
100.0
%
100.0
%
100.0
%













71

Table of Contents

Troubled debt restructurings
As mentioned above, the Company's impaired loans include loans which have been classified as troubled debt restructurings. The majority of troubled debt restructurings are classified as such upon renewal when the contractual interest rate of the new loan, which may be greater or less than the rate on the previous loan, was not judged to be a market rate for debt with similar risk. As a result, the financial effects of the modifications cannot readily be quantified. Restructured loans are placed on non-accrual status if the Company does not believe it probable that amounts due under the modified terms will be collected. Other restructured loans consist mainly of performing commercial loans and consumer credit loans under debt management programs, as mentioned above. The table below shows the outstanding balance of loans classified as troubled debt restructurings at December 31, 2011, in addition to the period end balances of restructured loans which the Company considers to have been in default at any time during the previous twelve months. For purposes of this disclosure, the Company considers "default" to mean 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal.
(In thousands)
December 31, 2011
Balance 90 days past due at any time during previous 12 months
Commercial:
 
 
Business
$
19,821

$

Real estate – construction and land
39,677

9,736

Real estate – business
12,992

1,595

Personal Banking:
 
 
Real estate – personal
3,031


Consumer credit card
22,428

6,333

Total restructured loans
$
97,949

$
17,664


The determination of the allowance for loan losses related to troubled debt restructurings depends on the collectability of principal and interest, according to the repayment terms. As mentioned above, the majority of troubled debt restructurings were classified as such when the loans were renewed at an interest rate not judged to be market, and as such, the modified terms did not change estimated collectability under the terms of the contract. The allowance for loan losses for troubled debt restructurings on non-accrual status is determined by individual evaluation, including collateral adequacy, using the same process as loans on non-accrual status which are not classified as troubled debt restructurings. Those restructured loans which management expects to collect under contractual terms and which are maintained on accruing status, are generally risk-rated as substandard. The allowance for loan losses related to accruing restructured loans is determined by collective evaluation because the loans have similar risk characteristics. Collective evaluation, which is the same process used for other substandard loans, considers historical loss experience and current economic factors.

If a troubled debt restructuring defaults and is already on non-accrual status, the allowance for loan loss continues to be determined based on individual evaluation, using discounted expected cash flows or the fair value of collateral. If a substandard, accruing, troubled debt restructuring defaults, the loan's risk rating is downgraded to non-accrual status, and the loan's related allowance for loan loss is determined based on individual evaluation.

The Company had commitments of $10.3 million at December 31, 2011 to lend additional funds to borrowers with restructured loans.











72

Table of Contents

Loans held for sale
In addition to the portfolio of loans which are intended to be held to maturity, the Company historically originates loans which it intends to sell in secondary markets. Loans classified as held for sale primarily consist of loans originated to students while attending colleges and universities. Most of this portfolio was sold in 2010 under contracts with the Federal Department of Education and various student loan agencies. Significant future student loan originations are not anticipated, because under statutory requirements effective July 1, 2010, the Company is prohibited from making federally guaranteed student loans. Also included as held for sale are certain fixed rate residential mortgage loans which are sold in the secondary market, generally within three months of origination. The following table presents information about loans held for sale, including an impairment valuation allowance resulting from declines in fair value below cost, which is further discussed in Note 15 on Fair Value Measurements.

(In thousands)
2011
2010
Balance outstanding at end of year:
 
 
Student loans, at cost
$
28,706

$
53,901

Residential mortgage loans, at cost
2,545

10,419

Valuation allowance on student loans
(175
)
(569
)
Total loans held for sale, at lower of cost or fair value
$
31,076

$
63,751

Net gains on sales:
 
 
Student loans
$
531

$
8,398

Residential mortgage loans
1,509

2,004

Total gains on sales of loans held for sale, net
$
2,040

$
10,402


The Company’s holdings of foreclosed real estate totaled $18.3 million and $12.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Personal property acquired in repossession, generally autos and marine and recreational vehicles, totaled $4.2 million and $10.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These assets are carried at the lower of the amount recorded at acquisition date or the current fair value less estimated selling costs.

3. Investment Securities

Investment securities, at fair value, consisted of the following at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
(In thousands)
2011
2010
Available for sale:
 
 
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
$
364,665

$
455,537

Government-sponsored enterprise obligations
315,698

201,895

State and municipal obligations
1,245,284

1,119,485

Agency mortgage-backed securities
4,106,059

2,491,199

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
316,902

455,790

Asset-backed securities
2,693,143

2,354,260

Other debt securities
141,260

176,964

Equity securities
41,691

39,173

Total available for sale
9,224,702

7,294,303

Trading
17,853

11,710

Non-marketable
115,832

103,521

Total investment securities
$
9,358,387

$
7,409,534

Most of the Company’s investment securities are classified as available for sale, and this portfolio is discussed in more detail below. Securities which are classified as non-marketable include Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock and Federal Reserve Bank stock held for borrowing and regulatory purposes, which totaled $45.3 million and $45.2 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Investment in Federal Reserve Bank stock is based on the capital structure of the investing bank, and investment in FHLB stock is mainly tied to the level of borrowings from the FHLB. These holdings are carried at cost. Non-marketable securities also include private equity investments, which amounted to $70.5 million and $58.2 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. In the absence of readily ascertainable market values, these securities are carried at estimated fair value.

73

Table of Contents

A summary of the available for sale investment securities by maturity groupings as of December 31, 2011 is shown below. The weighted average yield for each range of maturities was calculated using the yield on each security within that range weighted by the amortized cost of each security at December 31, 2011. Yields on tax exempt securities have not been adjusted for tax exempt status. The investment portfolio includes agency mortgage-backed securities, which are guaranteed by agencies such as FHLMC, FNMA, GNMA and FDIC, in addition to non-agency mortgage-backed securities which have no guarantee, but are collateralized by residential mortgages. Also included are certain other asset-backed securities, primarily collateralized by credit cards, automobiles and commercial loans. The Company does not have exposure to subprime originated mortgage-backed or collateralized debt obligation instruments.
(Dollars in thousands)
 Amortized Cost
Fair Value
Weighted Average Yield
U.S. government and federal agency obligations:
 
 
 
Within 1 year
$
7,753

$
8,010

5.42
%
After 1 but within 5 years
158,173

173,356

1.64

After 5 but within 10 years
162,604

183,299

1.49

Total U.S. government and federal agency obligations
328,530

364,665

1.65

Government-sponsored enterprise obligations:
 
 
 
Within 1 year
56,255

56,683

2.62

After 1 but within 5 years
130,587

133,969

1.85

After 5 but within 10 years
37,274

37,435

1.66

After 10 years
87,413

87,611

1.94

Total government-sponsored enterprise obligations
311,529

315,698

1.99

State and municipal obligations:
 
 
 
Within 1 year
104,945

106,281

3.44

After 1 but within 5 years
513,033

529,531

2.75

After 5 but within 10 years
375,836

390,333

3.00

After 10 years
227,026

219,139

2.27

Total state and municipal obligations
1,220,840

1,245,284

2.79

Mortgage and asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
Agency mortgage-backed securities
3,989,464

4,106,059

3.07

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
315,752

316,902

6.10

Asset-backed securities
2,692,436

2,693,143

1.12

Total mortgage and asset-backed securities
6,997,652

7,116,104

2.46

Other debt securities:
 
 
 
Within 1 year
63,547

64,266

 
After 1 but within 5 years
71,643

76,994

 
Total other debt securities
135,190

141,260

 
Equity securities
18,354

41,691

 
Total available for sale investment securities
$
9,012,095

$
9,224,702

 

Included in U.S. government securities are U.S. Treasury inflation-protected securities, which totaled $356.5 million, at fair value, at December 31, 2011. Interest paid on these securities increases with inflation and decreases with deflation, as measured by the Consumer Price Index. At maturity, the principal paid is the greater of an inflation-adjusted principal or the original principal. Included in state and municipal obligations are $135.6 million, at fair value, of auction rate securities, which were purchased from bank customers in 2008. Interest on these bonds is currently being paid at the maximum failed auction rates. Equity securities are primarily comprised of investments in common stock held by the Parent, which totaled $26.7 million, at fair value, at December 31, 2011.






74

Table of Contents

For securities classified as available for sale, the following table shows the unrealized gains and losses (pre-tax) in accumulated other comprehensive income, by security type.
(In thousands)
 Amortized Cost
Gross Unrealized Gains
Gross Unrealized Losses
Fair Value
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
$
328,530

$
36,135

$

$
364,665

Government-sponsored enterprise obligations
311,529

4,169


315,698

State and municipal obligations
1,220,840

35,663

(11,219
)
1,245,284

Mortgage and asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
Agency mortgage-backed securities
3,989,464

117,088

(493
)
4,106,059

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
315,752

8,962

(7,812
)
316,902

Asset-backed securities
2,692,436

7,083

(6,376
)
2,693,143

Total mortgage and asset-backed securities
6,997,652

133,133

(14,681
)
7,116,104

Other debt securities
135,190

6,070


141,260

Equity securities
18,354

23,337


41,691

Total
$
9,012,095

$
238,507

$
(25,900
)
$
9,224,702

December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
$
434,878

$
20,659

$

$
455,537

Government-sponsored enterprise obligations
200,061

2,364

(530
)
201,895

State and municipal obligations
1,117,020

19,108

(16,643
)
1,119,485

Mortgage and asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
Agency mortgage-backed securities
2,437,123

57,516

(3,440
)
2,491,199

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
459,363

10,940

(14,513
)
455,790

Asset-backed securities
2,342,866

12,445

(1,051
)
2,354,260

Total mortgage and asset-backed securities
5,239,352

80,901

(19,004
)
5,301,249

Other debt securities
165,883

11,081


176,964

Equity securities
7,569

31,604


39,173

Total
$
7,164,763

$
165,717

$
(36,177
)
$
7,294,303


The Company’s impairment policy requires a review of all securities for which fair value is less than amortized cost. Special emphasis and analysis is placed on securities whose credit rating has fallen below A3/A-, whose fair values have fallen more than 20% below purchase price for an extended period of time, or have been identified based on management’s judgment. These securities are placed on a watch list, and for all such securities, detailed cash flow models are prepared which use inputs specific to each security. Inputs to these models include factors such as cash flow received, contractual payments required, and various other information related to the underlying collateral (including current delinquencies), collateral loss severity rates (including loan to values), expected delinquency rates, credit support from other tranches, and prepayment speeds. Stress tests are performed at varying levels of delinquency rates, prepayment speeds and loss severities in order to gauge probable ranges of credit loss. At December 31, 2011, the fair value of securities on this watch list was $220.9 million.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had recorded OTTI on certain non-agency mortgage-backed securities, part of the watch list mentioned above, which had an aggregate fair value of $124.8 million. The credit portion of the impairment totaled $10.1 million and was recorded in earnings. The noncredit-related portion of the impairment totaled $7.0 million on a pre-tax basis, and has been recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income. The Company does not intend to sell these securities and believes it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the securities before the recovery of their amortized cost.

The credit portion of the loss on these securities was based on the cash flows projected to be received over the estimated life of the securities, discounted to present value, and compared to the current amortized cost bases of the securities. Significant inputs to the cash flow models used to calculate the credit losses on these securities included the following:
Significant Inputs
Range
Prepayment CPR
1% - 25%
Projected cumulative default
11% - 56%
Credit support
0% - 18%
Loss severity
33% - 57%

75

Table of Contents

The following table shows changes in the credit losses recorded in current earnings, for which a portion of an OTTI was recognized in other comprehensive income.
(In thousands)
2011
2010
2009
Balance at January 1
$
7,542

$
2,473

$

Credit losses on debt securities for which impairment was not previously recognized
170

353

3,619

Credit losses on debt securities for which impairment was previously recognized
2,368

4,716


Credit losses reversed on securities sold


(1,146
)
Increase in expected cash flows that are recognized over remaining life of security
(149
)


Balance at December 31
$
9,931

$
7,542

$
2,473


Securities with unrealized losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income are shown in the table below, along with the length of the impairment period. The table includes securities for which a portion of an OTTI has been recognized in other comprehensive income.
 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or longer
 
Total

(In thousands)
 
Fair Value    
Unrealized
Losses    
 
 
Fair Value    
Unrealized
Losses    
 
 
Fair Value    
Unrealized
Losses    
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State and municipal obligations
$
65,962

$
712

 
$
110,807

$
10,507

 
$
176,769

$
11,219

Mortgage and asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency mortgage-backed securities
72,019

493

 


 
72,019

493

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
23,672

784

 
118,972

7,028

 
142,644

7,812

Asset-backed securities
1,236,526

4,982

 
87,224

1,394

 
1,323,750

6,376

Total mortgage and asset-backed securities
1,332,217

6,259

 
206,196

8,422

 
1,538,413

14,681

Total
$
1,398,179

$
6,971

 
$
317,003

$
18,929

 
$
1,715,182

$
25,900

December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations
$
10,850

$
530

 
$

$

 
$
10,850

$
530

State and municipal obligations
345,775

7,470

 
82,269

9,173

 
428,044

16,643

Mortgage and asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Agency mortgage-backed securities
660,326

3,440

 


 
660,326

3,440

Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
15,893

36

 
170,545

14,477

 
186,438

14,513

Asset-backed securities
487,822

1,029

 
24,928

22

 
512,750

1,051

Total mortgage and asset-backed securities
1,164,041

4,505

 
195,473

14,499

 
1,359,514

19,004

Total
$
1,520,666

$
12,505

 
$
277,742

$
23,672

 
$
1,798,408

$
36,177

 
The total available for sale portfolio consisted of approximately 1,500 individual securities at December 31, 2011. The portfolio included 213 securities, having an aggregate fair value of $1.7 billion, that were in a loss position at December 31, 2011. Securities identified as other-than-temporarily impaired which have been in a loss position for 12 months or longer totaled $105.4 million at fair value, or 1.1% of the total available for sale portfolio value. Securities with temporary impairment which have been in a loss position for 12 months or longer totaled $211.6 million, or 2.3% of the total portfolio value.














76

Table of Contents

The Company’s holdings of state and municipal obligations included gross unrealized losses of $11.2 million at December 31, 2011. Of these losses, $11.0 million related to auction rate securities, which are discussed above, and $206 thousand related to other state and municipal obligations. This portfolio, excluding auction rate securities, totaled $1.1 billion at fair value, or 12.0% of total available for sale securities. The average credit quality of the portfolio, excluding auction rate securities, is Aa2 as rated by Moody’s. The portfolio is diversified in order to reduce risk, and information about the largest holdings, by state and economic sector, is shown in the table below.
 
% of
Portfolio
Average Life (in years)
Average Rating (Moody’s)
At December 31, 2011
 
 
 
Texas
11.3
%
5.2
Aa1
Florida
8.6

4.7
Aa3
Washington
6.4

3.9
Aa2
Ohio
4.8

5.2
Aa2
Illinois
4.8

5.6
Aa3
General obligation
24.8
%
4.3
Aa2
Housing
20.5

4.6
Aa1
Transportation
15.8

3.9
Aa3
Lease
13.4

3.7
Aa3
Limited Tax
5.9

5.1
Aa1

The credit ratings (Moody’s rating or equivalent) at December 31, 2011 in the state and municipal bond portfolio (excluding auction rate securities) are shown in the following table.
 
% of Portfolio
Aaa
14.9
%
Aa
67.2

A
14.9

Baa
1.3

Not rated
1.7

 
100.0
%

The remaining unrealized losses on the Company’s investments, as shown in the preceding tables, are largely contained in the portfolio of non-agency mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities. These securities are not guaranteed by an outside agency and are dependent on payments received from the underlying collateral. While virtually all of these securities, at purchase date, were comprised of senior tranches and were highly rated by various rating agencies, changes in interest rates, the adverse housing market, liquidity pressures and overall economic climate has resulted in a decline in fair values for certain of these securities. Also, as mentioned above, the Company maintains a watch list comprised mainly of these securities and has recorded OTTI losses on certain securities.


















77

Table of Contents

The following table presents proceeds from sales of securities and the components of investment securities gains and losses which have been recognized in earnings.
(In thousands)
2011
2010
2009
Proceeds from sales of available for sale securities
$
11,202

$
78,448

$
202,544

Proceeds from sales of non-marketable securities
8,631

192

5,308

Total proceeds
$
19,833

$
78,640

$
207,852

Available for sale:
 
 
 
Gains realized on sales
$
177

$
3,639

$
10,311

Losses realized on sales

(151
)
(9,989
)
Other-than-temporary impairment recognized on debt securities
(2,537
)
(5,069
)
(2,473
)
Non-marketable:
 
 
 
Gains realized on sales
2,388

52

1,087

Losses realized on sales


(170
)
Fair value adjustments, net
10,784

(256
)
(5,961
)
Investment securities gains (losses), net
$
10,812

$
(1,785
)
$
(7,195
)

Investment securities with a fair value of $4.3 billion and $3.6 billion were pledged at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, to secure public deposits, securities sold under repurchase agreements, trust funds, and borrowings at the Federal Reserve Bank. Securities pledged under agreements pursuant to which the collateral may be sold or re-pledged by the secured parties approximated $418.0 million, while the remaining securities were pledged under agreements pursuant to which the secured parties may not sell or re-pledge the collateral. Except for obligations of various government-sponsored enterprises such as FNMA, FHLB and FHLMC, no investment in a single issuer exceeds 10% of stockholders’ equity.

4. Land, Buildings and Equipment
Land, buildings and equipment consist of the following at December 31, 2011 and 2010:
(In thousands)
2011
2010
Land
$
100,748

$
107,906

Buildings and improvements
517,691

512,826

Equipment
223,548

222,606

Total
841,987

843,338

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
481,841

459,941

Net land, buildings and equipment
$
360,146

$
383,397


Depreciation expense of $34.5 million, $35.1 million and $37.0 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, was included in occupancy expense and equipment expense in the consolidated income statements. Repairs and maintenance expense of $17.7 million, $18.5 million and $18.6 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, was included in occupancy expense and equipment expense. Interest expense capitalized on construction projects in the past three years has not been significant.

5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The following table presents information about the Company's intangible assets which have estimable useful lives.
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
(In thousands)
 
Gross Carrying Amount
 
Accumulated Amortization
 
Valuation Allowance
 
 Net Amount
 
Gross Carrying Amount
 
 Accumulated Amortization
 
Valuation Allowance
 
Net Amount
Amortizable intangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Core deposit premium
 
$
25,720

 
$
(18,750
)
 
$

 
$
6,970

 
$
25,720

 
$
(16,108
)
 
$

 
$
9,612

Mortgage servicing rights
 
3,097

 
(1,926
)
 
(427
)
 
744

 
3,082

 
(1,572
)
 
(185
)
 
1,325

Total
 
$
28,817

 
$
(20,676
)
 
$
(427
)
 
$
7,714

 
$
28,802

 
$
(17,680
)
 
$
(185
)
 
$
10,937






78

Table of Contents

The carrying amount of goodwill and its allocation among segments at year end is shown in the table below. As a result of ongoing assessments, no impairment of goodwill was recorded in 2011, 2010 or 2009. Further, the regular annual review on January 1, 2012 revealed no impairment as of that date.
(In thousands)
Consumer Segment
 
Commercial Segment
 
Wealth Segment
 
Total Goodwill
Balance at December 31, 2011
$
67,765

 
$
57,074

 
$
746

 
$
125,585


Changes in the net carrying amount of goodwill and other net intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are shown in the following table.
(In thousands)
Goodwill
Core Deposit Premium
Mortgage Servicing Rights
Balance at December 31, 2009
$
125,585

$
12,754

$
1,579

Originations


184

Amortization

(3,142
)
(366
)
Impairment


(72
)
Balance at December 31, 2010
125,585

9,612

1,325

Originations


15

Amortization

(2,642
)
(354
)
Impairment


(242
)
Balance at December 31, 2011
$
125,585

$
6,970

$
744


Mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently amortized over the period of estimated servicing income. They are periodically reviewed for impairment and if impairment is indicated, recorded at fair value. At December 31, 2011, temporary impairment of $427 thousand had been recognized. Temporary impairment, including impairment recovery, is effected through a change in a valuation allowance. The fair value of the MSRs is based on the present value of expected future cash flows, as further discussed in Note 15 on Fair Value Measurements.

Aggregate amortization expense on intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $3.0 million, $3.5 million and $4.0 million, respectively. The following table shows the estimated future amortization expense based on existing asset balances and the interest rate environment as of December 31, 2011. The Company’s actual amortization expense in any given period may be different from the estimated amounts depending upon the acquisition of intangible assets, changes in mortgage interest rates, prepayment rates and other market conditions.
(In thousands)
 
2012
$
2,322

2013
1,772

2014
1,289

2015
942

2016
628

6. Deposits
At December 31, 2011, the scheduled maturities of total time open and certificates of deposit were as follows:

(In thousands)
 
Due in 2012
$
1,873,682

Due in 2013
364,343

Due in 2014
81,204

Due in 2015
71,225

Due in 2016
97,860

Thereafter
79

Total
$
2,488,393



79

Table of Contents

The following table shows a detailed breakdown of the maturities of time open and certificates of deposit, by size category, at December 31, 2011.
(In thousands)
Certificates of Deposit under $100,000
Other Time Deposits under $100,000
Certificates of Deposit over $100,000
Other Time Deposits over $100,000
Total
Due in 3 months or less
$
199,626

$
56,576

$
396,840

$
42,332

$
695,374

Due in over 3 through 6 months
221,933

36,415

253,528

34,992

546,868

Due in over 6 through 12 months
273,537

51,541

227,782

78,580

631,440

Due in over 12 months
241,879

84,597

269,811

18,424

614,711

Total
$
936,975

$
229,129

$
1,147,961

$
174,328

$
2,488,393


Regulations of the Federal Reserve System require cash balances to be maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank, based on certain deposit levels. The minimum reserve requirement for the Bank at December 31, 2011 totaled $47.3 million.

7. Borrowings
The following table sets forth selected information for short-term borrowings (borrowings with an original maturity of less than one year).
(Dollars in thousands)
 Year End Weighted Rate
 Average Weighted Rate
 Average Balance Outstanding
Maximum Outstanding at any Month End
Balance at December 31
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements:
 
 
 
 
 
2011
.1
%
.1
%
$
635,009

$
1,002,092

$
856,081

2010
.1

.1

624,847

1,130,555

582,827

2009
.1

.1

468,643

674,121

603,191


Short-term borrowings consist primarily of federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements), which generally mature within 90 days. Short-term repurchase agreements at December 31, 2011 were comprised of non-insured customer funds totaling $702.8 million, which were secured by a portion of the Company’s investment portfolio.

Long-term borrowings of the Company consisted of the following at December 31, 2011:
(Dollars in thousands)
Borrower
Maturity Date
Year End Weighted Rate
 
 Year End Balance
FHLB advances
Subsidiary bank
2012
4.6
%
$
460

 
 
2013-16
4.9
 
3,842

 
 
2017
3.5
 
100,000

Structured repurchase agreements
Subsidiary bank
2013-14
.0
 
400,000

Structured note payable
Private equity subsidiary
2012
.0
 
7,515

Total
 
 
 
 
$
511,817


The Bank is a member of the Des Moines FHLB and has access to term financing from the FHLB. These borrowings are secured under a blanket collateral agreement including primarily residential mortgages as well as all unencumbered assets and stock of the borrowing bank. Total outstanding advances at December 31, 2011 were $104.3 million. All of the outstanding advances have fixed interest rates and contain prepayment penalties. The FHLB has also issued letters of credit, totaling $169.5 million at December 31, 2011, to secure the Company’s obligations to certain depositors of public funds.

Structured repurchase agreements totaled $400.0 million at December 31, 2011. These borrowings have floating interest rates based upon various published constant maturity swap (CMS) rates and will mature in 2013 and 2014. They are secured by agency mortgage-backed and U.S. government securities in the Company's investment portfolio. As of year end, the majority of the agreements did not bear interest because of low CMS rates.

Other long-term debt includes $7.5 million borrowed from third-party insurance companies by a private equity subsidiary, a Missouri Certified Capital Company, to support its investment activities. Because the insurance companies receive tax credits, the borrowings do not bear interest. This debt is secured by assets of the subsidiary and guaranteed by the Parent, evidenced by letters of credit from the Bank.

80

Table of Contents

8. Income Taxes
The components of income tax expense (benefit) from operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:
(In thousands)
Current
Deferred
Total
Year ended December 31, 2011:
 
 
 
U.S. federal
$
113,920

$
(2,720
)
$
111,200

State and local
10,328

(116
)
10,212

 
$
124,248

$
(2,836
)
$
121,412

Year ended December 31, 2010:
 
 
 
U.S. federal
$
98,592

$
(6,612
)
$
91,980

State and local
6,742

(2,473
)
4,269

 
$
105,334

$
(9,085
)
$
96,249

Year ended December 31, 2009:
 
 
 
U.S. federal
$
77,753

$
(6,719
)
$
71,034

State and local
3,314

(591
)
2,723

 
$
81,067

$
(7,310
)
$
73,757


The components of income tax expense recorded directly to stockholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:
(In thousands)
2011
2010
2009
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale
$
31,565

$
9,841

$
61,701

Compensation expense for tax purposes in excess of amounts recognized for financial reporting purposes
(1,065
)
(1,201
)
(557
)
Accumulated pension (benefit) loss
(2,641
)
327

1,476

Income tax expense allocated to stockholders’ equity
$
27,859

$
8,967

$
62,620


Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:
(In thousands)
2011
2010
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
Loans, principally due to allowance for loan losses
$
86,677

$
90,875

Equity-based compensation
13,218

13,707

Accrued expenses
17,652

8,886

Deferred compensation
5,739

5,374

Other
14,445

9,135

Total deferred tax assets
137,731

127,977

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale
80,790

49,225

Equipment lease financing
48,451

47,976

Land, buildings and equipment
19,116

20,579

Intangibles
4,642

4,700

Accretion on investment securities
6,877

3,922

Prepaid expenses
2,861

2,775

Other
4,823

2,541

Total deferred tax liabilities
167,560

131,718

Net deferred tax asset (liability)
$
(29,829
)
$
(3,741
)

The Company acquired a federal net operating loss (NOL) carryforward of approximately $4.3 million in connection with a 2003 acquisition. The NOL carryforward will begin to expire in 2021 if it cannot be utilized. At December 31, 2011, the tax benefit related to the remaining NOL carryforward was $269 thousand. Management believes it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the total deferred tax assets.




81

Table of Contents

A reconciliation between the expected federal income tax expense using the federal statutory tax rate of 35 percent and the Company’s actual income tax expense for 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:
(In thousands)
2011
2010
2009
Computed “expected” tax expense
$
132,214

$
111,286

$
84,991

Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
 
 
 
Tax-exempt interest, net of cost to carry
(14,815
)
(12,745
)
(11,813
)
Tax deductible dividends on allocated shares held by the Company’s ESOP
(1,058
)
(1,096
)
(1,087
)
State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
6,638

2,775

1,770

Other
(1,567
)
(3,971
)
(104
)
Total income tax expense
$
121,412

$
96,249

$
73,757


It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company recorded tax benefits related to interest and penalties of $1 thousand, $68 thousand and $156 thousand in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, liabilities for interest and penalties were $258 thousand and $268 thousand, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $1.6 million, and the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would impact the effective tax rate, if recognized, was $1.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively. While it is expected that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change in the next twelve months, the Company does not expect this change to have a material impact on the results of operations or the financial position of the Company.

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to income tax by federal, state and local government taxing authorities. Tax years 2008 through 2011 remain open to examination for U.S. federal income tax. Tax years 2008 through 2011 remain open to examination in major state taxing jurisdictions.

The activity in the accrued liability for unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows:
(In thousands)
2011
2010
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year
$
1,613

$
2,714

Gross increases – tax positions in prior period
12

166

Gross decreases – tax positions in prior period
(8
)
(1,044
)
Gross increases – current-period tax positions
292

328

Settlements

(251
)
Lapse of statute of limitations
(325
)
(300
)
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of year
$
1,584

$
1,613


9. Employee Benefit Plans
Employee benefits charged to operating expenses are summarized in the table below. Substantially all of the Company’s employees are covered by a defined contribution (401K) plan, under which the Company makes matching contributions.
(In thousands)
2011
2010
2009
Payroll taxes
$
20,703

$
20,226

$
20,587

Medical plans
16,350

18,248

20,164

401K plan
11,728

11,448

9,771

Pension plans
994

1,815

3,023

Other
2,232

2,138

1,945

Total employee benefits
$
52,007

$
53,875

$
55,490


A large portion of the Company’s current employees are covered by a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan, however, participation in the pension plan is not available to employees hired after June 30, 2003. All participants are fully vested in their benefit payable upon normal retirement date, which is based on years of participation and compensation. Certain key executives also participate in a supplemental executive retirement plan (the CERP) that the Company funds only as retirement benefits are disbursed. The CERP carries no segregated assets.



82

Table of Contents

Effective January 1, 2005, substantially all benefits accrued under the pension plan were frozen. With this change, certain annual salary credits to pension accounts were discontinued, however, the accounts continue to accrue interest at a stated annual rate. Enhancements were then made to the 401K plan, which have increased employer contributions to the 401K plan. Enhancements were also made to the CERP, providing credits based on hypothetical contributions in excess of those permitted under the 401K plan. Effective January 1, 2011, all remaining benefits accrued under the pension plan were frozen.

Under the Company’s funding policy for the defined benefit pension plan, contributions are made to a trust as necessary to satisfy the statutory minimum required contribution as defined by the Pension Protection Act, which is intended to provide for current service accruals and for any unfunded accrued actuarial liabilities over a reasonable period. To the extent that these requirements are fully covered by assets in the trust, a contribution might not be made in a particular year. The Company made no contributions to the defined benefit pension plan in 2011 and the minimum required contribution for 2012 is expected to be zero. The Company does not expect to make any further contributions other than the necessary funding contributions to the CERP. Contributions to the CERP were $18 thousand, $10 thousand and $10 thousand during fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Benefit obligations of the CERP at the December 31, 2011 and 2010 valuation dates are shown in the table immediately below. In all other tables presented, the pension plan and the CERP are presented on a combined basis.
(In thousands)
2011
2010
Projected benefit obligation
$
3,263

$
2,829

Accumulated benefit obligation
$
3,263

$
2,829


The following items are components of the net pension cost for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.
(In thousands)
2011
2010
2009
Service cost-benefits earned during the year
$
406

$
716

$
683

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation
5,366

5,505

5,473

Expected return on plan assets
(6,727
)
(6,614
)
(6,123
)
Amortization of unrecognized net loss
1,949

2,208

2,990

Net periodic pension cost
$
994

$
1,815

$
3,023


The following table sets forth the pension plans’ funded status, using valuation dates of December 31, 2011 and 2010.
(In thousands)
2011
2010
Change in projected benefit obligation
 
 
Projected benefit obligation at prior valuation date
$
103,857

$
98,148

Service cost
406

716

Interest cost
5,366

5,505

Benefits paid
(4,766
)
(4,768
)
Actuarial (gain) loss
5,323

4,256

Projected benefit obligation at valuation date
110,186

103,857

Change in plan assets
 
 
Fair value of plan assets at prior valuation date
98,824

93,498

Actual return (loss) on plan assets
3,152

10,084

Employer contributions
18

10

Benefits paid
(4,766
)
(4,768
)
Fair value of plan assets at valuation date
97,228

98,824

Funded status and net amount recognized at valuation date
$
(12,958
)
$
(5,033
)
 
The accumulated benefit obligation, which represents the liability of a plan using only benefits as of the measurement date, was $110.2 million and $103.9 million for the combined plans on December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.






83

Table of Contents

Amounts not yet reflected in net periodic benefit cost and included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are shown below, including amounts recognized in other comprehensive income during the periods. All amounts are shown on a pre-tax basis.
(In thousands)
2011
2010
Prior service credit (cost)
$

$

Accumulated loss
(34,355
)
(27,406
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(34,355
)
(27,406
)
Cumulative employer contributions in excess of net periodic benefit cost
21,397

22,373

Net amount recognized as an accrued benefit liability on the December 31 balance sheet
$
(12,958
)
$
(5,033
)
Net gain (loss) arising during period
$
(8,898
)
$
(786
)
Amortization of net loss
1,949

2,208

Total recognized in other comprehensive income
$
(6,949
)
$
1,422

Total expense recognized in net periodic pension cost and other comprehensive income
$
(7,943
)
$
(393
)

The estimated net loss to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic pension cost in 2012 is $2.9 million.

The following assumptions, on a weighted average basis, were used in accounting for the plans.
 
2011
2010
2009
Determination of benefit obligation at year end:
 
 
 
Discount rate
4.80
%
5.40
%
5.75
%
Assumed credit on cash balance accounts
5.00
%
5.00
%
5.00
%
Determination of net periodic benefit cost for year ended:
 
 
 
Discount rate
5.40
%
5.75
%
6.00
%
Long-term rate of return on assets
7.00
%
7.25
%
7.25
%
Assumed credit on cash balance accounts
5.00
%
5.00
%
5.00
%





























84

Table of Contents

The following table shows the fair values of the Company’s pension plan assets by asset category at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Information about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value are provided in Note 15 on Fair Value Measurements.
 
 
Fair Value Measurements
(In thousands)
Total Fair Value
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Cash
$
164

$
164

$

$

U.S. government obligations
4,863

4,863



Government-sponsored enterprise obligations (a)
9,749


9,749


State and municipal obligations
5,005


5,005


Agency mortgage-backed securities (b)
4,480


4,480

 
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
6,908


6,908


Asset-backed securities
8,085


8,085


Corporate bonds (c)
22,700


22,700


International bonds
3,169


3,169


Equity securities and mutual funds: (d)
 
 
 
 
U.S. large-cap
13,928

13,928



U.S. mid-cap
8,250

8,250



U.S. small-cap
3,348

3,348



International developed markets
1,184

1,184



Emerging markets
1,569

1,569



Money market funds
3,826

3,826



Total
$
97,228

$
37,132

$
60,096

$

December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Cash
$
22

$
22

$

$

U.S. government obligations
3,964

3,964



Government-sponsored enterprise obligations (a)
9,771


9,771


State and municipal obligations
3,644


3,644


Agency mortgage-backed securities (b)
5,848


5,848

 
Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
7,802


7,802


Asset-backed securities
6,060


6,060


Corporate bonds (c)
19,676


19,676


International bonds
2,274


2,274


Equity securities and mutual funds: (d)
 
 
 
 
U.S. large-cap
17,806

17,806



U.S. mid-cap
8,849

8,849



U.S. small-cap
3,344

3,344



International developed markets
1,951

1,951



Emerging markets
2,771

2,771



Money market funds
5,042

5,042



Total
$
98,824

$
43,749

$
55,075

$

(a)
This category represents bonds (excluding mortgage-backed securities) issued by agencies such as the Federal Home Loan Bank, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corp and the Federal National Mortgage Association.
(b)
This category represents mortgage-backed securities issued by the agencies mentioned in (a).
(c)
This category represents investment grade bonds of U.S. issuers from diverse industries.
(d)
This category represents investments in individual common stocks and equity funds. The majority of these investments are in equity mutual funds, which have diversified investment holdings as of December 31, 2011 across the financial services, industrial materials, technology, consumer goods, healthcare, and energy sectors.

85

Table of Contents

The investment policy of the pension plan is designed for growth in value within limits designed to safeguard against significant losses within the portfolio. The policy sets guidelines regarding the types of investments held that may change from time to time, currently including items such as holding bonds rated investment grade or better, and prohibiting investment in Company stock. The plan does not utilize derivatives. Management believes there are no significant concentrations of risk within the plan asset portfolio at December 31, 2011. Under the current policy, the long-term investment target mix for the plan is 35% equity securities and 65% fixed income securities. The Company regularly reviews its policies on investment mix and may make changes depending on economic conditions and perceived investment risk.

The discount rate selected at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was based on matching the Company's estimated plan cash flows to a yield curve derived from a portfolio of corporate bonds rated AA by Moody's. This method is more specific to the Company's plan compared to the method used to select the rate in 2009 and previous years, which was based on a review of various published bond indices.

The assumed overall expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets used in calculating 2011 pension plan expense was 7.00%. Determination of the plan’s expected rate of return is based upon historical and anticipated returns of the asset classes invested in by the pension plan and the allocation strategy currently in place among those classes. The rate used in plan calculations may be adjusted by management for current trends in the economic environment. The average 10-year annualized return for the Company’s pension plan was 6.1%. During 2011, the plan’s rate of return was 3.8%, compared to 11.0% in 2010. Because a portion of the plan’s investments are equity securities, the actual return for any one plan year is affected by changes in the stock market. Due to higher anticipated amortization of investment losses and the effect of a lower discount rate in 2012, the Company expects to incur pension expense of $1.9 million in 2012, compared to $994 thousand in 2011.

The following future benefit payments are expected to be paid:

(In thousands)
 
2012
$
6,018

2013
6,278

2014
6,529

2015
6,753

2016
6,968

2017-2021
36,019


10. Stock-Based Compensation and Directors Stock Purchase Plan*
The Company’s stock-based compensation is provided under a stockholder-approved plan which allows for issuance of various types of awards, including stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and restricted stock units, performance awards and stock-based awards. At December 31, 2011, 3,119,281 shares remained available for issuance under the plan. The stock-based compensation expense that was charged against income was $4.7 million, $6.0 million and $6.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The total income tax benefit recognized in the income statement for share-based compensation arrangements was $1.8 million, $2.2 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

During 2011 and 2010, stock-based compensation was issued solely in the form of nonvested stock awards. Nonvested stock is awarded to key employees, by action of the Board of Directors. These awards generally vest after 5 to 7 years of continued employment, but vesting terms may vary according to the specifics of the individual grant agreement. There are restrictions as to transferability, sale, pledging, or assigning, among others, prior to the end of the vesting period. Dividend and voting rights are conferred upon grant. A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested share awards as of December 31, 2011 and changes during the year then ended is presented below.

  
 

Shares
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested at January 1, 2011
493,847

$
34.29

Granted
218,631

38.50

Vested
(42,412
)
37.47

Forfeited
(16,284
)
33.87

Nonvested at December 31, 2011
653,782

$
35.48


86

Table of Contents

The total fair value (at vest date) of shares vested during 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $1.6 million, $2.1 million and $1.7 million, respectively.
 
In previous years, stock appreciation rights (SARs) and stock options have also been granted, and were granted with exercise prices equal to the market price of the Company’s stock at the date of grant. SARs, which the Company granted in 2006 through 2009, vest on a graded basis over 4 years of continuous service and have 10-year contractual terms. All SARs must be settled in stock under provisions of the plan. Stock options, which were granted in 2005 and previous years, vested on a graded basis over 3 years of continuous service, and also have 10-year contractual terms.

In determining compensation cost, the Black-Scholes option-pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of options and SARs on date of grant. The Black-Scholes model is a closed-end model that uses various assumptions as shown in the following table. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s stock. The Company uses historical exercise behavior and other factors to estimate the expected term of the options and SARs, which represents the period of time that the options and SARs granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for the expected term is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon spot rates in effect at the time of grant. Below is the weighted average fair value of SARs granted during 2009.
 
2009
Weighted per share average fair value at grant date
$
6.46

Assumptions:
 
Dividend yield
2.7
%
Volatility
20.8
%
Risk-free interest rate
3.2
%
Expected term
7.3 years


A summary of option activity during 2011 is presented below.
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Shares
Weighted Average Exercise Price
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at January 1, 2011
1,896,178

$
29.48

 
 
Granted


 
 
Forfeited


 
 
Expired


 
 
Exercised
(543,534
)
27.55

 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
1,352,644

$
30.26

1.9 years
$
10,631

Exercisable at December 31, 2011
1,352,644

$
30.26

1.9 years
$
10,631

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2011
1,352,644

$
30.26

1.9 years
$
10,631


A summary of SAR activity during 2011 is presented below.
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Shares
Weighted Average Exercise Price
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding at January 1, 2011
1,795,348

$
37.82

 
 
Granted


 
 
Forfeited
(4,375
)
35.80

 
 
Expired
(13,258
)
38.48

 
 
Exercised
(38,589
)
36.79

 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
1,739,126

$
37.83

5.2 years
$
1,160

Exercisable at December 31, 2011
1,586,186

$
37.97

5.1 years
$
885

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2011
1,717,505

$
37.85

5.2 years
$
1,121







87

Table of Contents

Additional information about stock options and SARs exercises is presented below.
(In thousands)
2011
2010
2009
Intrinsic value of options and SARs exercised
$
6,722

$
7,005

$
3,249

Cash received from options and SARs exercised
$
14,604

$
10,563

$
4,729

Tax benefit realized from options and SARs exercised
$
847

$
1,042

$
636


As of December 31, 2011, there was $12.3 million of unrecognized compensation cost (net of estimated forfeitures) related to unvested options, SARs and stock awards. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 4.1 years.

The Company has a directors stock purchase plan whereby outside directors of the Company and its subsidiaries may elect to use their directors’ fees to purchase Company stock at market value each month end. Remaining shares available for issuance under this plan were 48,355 at December 31, 2011. In 2011, 19,135 shares were purchased at an average price of $38.67 and in 2010, 21,184 shares were purchased at an average price of $35.27.

* All share and per share amounts in this note have been restated for the 5% stock dividend distributed in 2011.

11. Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income is the total of net income and all other non-owner changes in equity. Items recognized under accounting standards as components of comprehensive income are displayed in the consolidated statements of changes in equity, and additional information is presented below about the Company’s components of other comprehensive income.

The first component of other comprehensive income is the unrealized holding gains and losses on available for sale securities. These gains and losses have been separated into two groups in the table below, as required by current accounting guidance on other-than-temporary impairment on debt securities. Under this guidance, credit-related losses on debt securities with other-than-temporary impairment are recorded in current earnings, while the noncredit-related portion of the overall gain or loss in fair value is recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). Changes in the noncredit-related gain or loss in fair value of these securities, after other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) was initially recognized, are shown separately in the table below. The remaining unrealized holding gains and losses shown in the table apply to available for sale investment securities for which OTTI has not been recorded (and include holding gains and losses on certain securities prior to the recognition of OTTI).

The second component of other comprehensive income is pension gains and losses that arise during the period but are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost, and corresponding adjustments when these gains and losses are subsequently amortized to net periodic benefit cost.

























88

Table of Contents

In the calculation of other comprehensive income, certain reclassification adjustments are made to avoid double counting gains and losses that are included as part of net income for a period that also had been included as part of other comprehensive income in that period or earlier periods. The reclassification amounts and the related income tax expense or benefit are shown in the table below.
(In thousands)
2011
2010
2009
Available for sale debt securities for which OTTI has been recognized:
 
 
 
Unrealized holding gains subsequent to initial OTTI
   recognition
$
5,184

$
22,973

$
12,251

Income tax expense
(1,970
)
(8,730
)
(4,655
)
Net unrealized gains on OTTI securities
3,214

14,243

7,596

Other available for sale investment securities:
 
 
 
Unrealized holding gains
78,059

6,412

150,443

Income tax expense on unrealized gains
(29,663
)
(2,470
)
(57,152
)
Reclassification adjustment for gains realized
   and included in net income
(177
)
(3,488
)
(322
)
Reclassification adjustment for tax expense on
   realized gains
68

1,359

106

Net unrealized gains on other securities
48,287

1,813

93,075

Prepaid pension cost:
 
 
 
Amortization of accumulated pension loss
1,949

2,208

2,990

Net gain (loss) arising during period
(8,898
)
(786
)
951

Income tax (expense) benefit on change in pension loss
2,641

(540
)
(1,476
)
Change in pension loss
(4,308
)
882

2,465

Other comprehensive income
$
47,193

$
16,938

$
103,136


The end of period components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are shown in the table below. At December 31, 2011, accumulated other comprehensive income was $110.5 million, net of tax. It was comprised of $4.3 million in unrealized holding losses on available for sale debt securities for which OTTI has been recorded, $136.1 million in unrealized holding gains on other available for sale securities, and $21.3 million in accumulated pension loss.
(In thousands)
Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Securities
Pension Loss
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Balance at December 31, 2009
$
64,259

$
(17,852
)
$
46,407

 Current period other comprehensive income
16,056

882

16,938

Balance at December 31, 2010
80,315

(16,970
)
63,345

 Current period other comprehensive income
51,501

(4,308
)
47,193

Balance at December 31, 2011
$
131,816

(21,278
)
$
110,538


12. Segments
The Company segregates financial information for use in assessing its performance and allocating resources among three operating segments. The Consumer segment includes the consumer portion of the retail branch network (loans, deposits and other personal banking services), indirect and other consumer financing, and consumer debit and credit bank cards. The Commercial segment provides corporate lending (including the Small Business Banking product line within the branch network), leasing, international services, and business, government deposit, and related commercial cash management services, as well as merchant and commercial bank card products. The Commercial segment also includes the Capital Markets Group, which sells fixed income securities and provides investment safekeeping and bond accounting services. The Wealth segment provides traditional trust and estate tax planning, advisory and discretionary investment management, and brokerage services, and includes the Private Banking product portfolio. The Capital Markets Group was transferred from the Wealth segment to the Commercial segment effective January 1, 2011, and the information for 2010 and 2009 in the tables below has been revised to reflect this transfer.

The Company’s business line reporting system derives segment information from the internal profitability reporting system used by management to monitor and manage the financial performance of the Company. This information is based on internal management accounting policies, which have been developed to reflect the underlying economics of the businesses. The policies address the methodologies applied in connection with funds transfer pricing and assignment of overhead costs among segments. Funds transfer pricing was used in the determination of net interest income by assigning a standard cost (credit) for funds used

89

Table of Contents

(provided) by assets and liabilities based on their maturity, prepayment and/or repricing characteristics. Income and expense that directly relate to segment operations are recorded in the segment when incurred. Expenses that indirectly support the segments are allocated based on the most appropriate method available.

The Company uses a funds transfer pricing method to value funds used (e.g., loans, fixed assets, and cash) and funds provided (e.g., deposits, borrowings, and equity) by the business segments and their components. This process assigns a specific value to each new source or use of funds with a maturity, based on current LIBOR interest rates, thus determining an interest spread at the time of the transaction. Non-maturity assets and liabilities are assigned to LIBOR based funding pools. This provides an accurate means of valuing fund sources and uses in a varying interest rate environment.

The following tables present selected financial information by segment and reconciliations of combined segment totals to consolidated totals. There were no material intersegment revenues between the three segments.

Segment Income Statement Data
(In thousands)
Consumer
Commercial
Wealth
Segment Totals
Other/Elimination
Consolidated Totals
Year ended December 31, 2011:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
283,555

$
283,790

$
38,862

$
606,207

$
39,863

$
646,070

Provision for loan losses
(47,273
)
(16,195
)
(712
)
(64,180
)
12,665

(51,515
)
Non-interest income
131,253

162,533

101,836

395,622

(2,705
)
392,917

Investment securities gains, net




10,812

10,812

Non-interest expense
(269,435
)
(221,739
)
(89,108
)
(580,282
)
(36,967
)
(617,249
)
Income before income taxes
$
98,100

$
208,389

$
50,878

$
357,367

$
23,668

$
381,035

Year ended December 31, 2010:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
308,719

$
264,870

$
37,988

$
611,577

$
34,355

$
645,932

Provision for loan losses
(70,635
)
(24,823
)
(1,263
)
(96,721
)
(3,279
)
(100,000
)
Non-interest income
157,904

154,306

93,745

405,955

(844
)
405,111

Investment securities losses, net




(1,785
)
(1,785
)
Non-interest expense
(291,028
)
(221,553
)
(86,158
)
(598,739
)
(32,395
)
(631,134
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
$
104,960

$
172,800

$
44,312

$
322,072

$
(3,948
)
$
318,124

Year ended December 31, 2009:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
$
329,720

$
251,085

$
34,575

$
615,380

$
20,122

$
635,502

Provision for loan losses
(84,001
)
(54,247
)
(520
)
(138,768
)
(21,929
)
(160,697
)
Non-interest income
163,150

140,390

88,692

392,232

4,027

396,259

Investment securities losses, net




(7,195
)
(7,195
)
Non-interest expense
(302,002
)
(213,829
)
(84,673
)
(600,504
)
(21,233
)
(621,737
)
Income (loss) before income taxes
$
106,867

$
123,399

$
38,074

$
268,340

$
(26,208
)
$
242,132


The segment activity, as shown above, includes both direct and allocated items. Amounts in the “Other/Elimination” column include activity not related to the segments, such as that relating to administrative functions, the investment securities portfolio, and the effect of certain expense allocations to the segments. The provision for loan losses in this category contains the difference between net loan charge-offs assigned directly to the segments and the recorded provision for loan loss expense. Included in this category’s net interest income are earnings of the investment portfolio, which are not allocated to a segment.












90

Table of Contents

Segment Balance Sheet Data
(In thousands)
Consumer
Commercial
Wealth
Segment Totals
Other/Elimination
Consolidated Totals
Average balances for 2011:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
$
2,584,920

$
5,770,552

$
680,413

$
9,035,885

$
10,368,630

$
19,404,515

Loans, including held for sale
2,492,324

5,594,202

673,737

8,760,263

509,532

9,269,795

Goodwill and other intangible assets
75,134

59,139

746

135,019


135,019

Deposits
8,465,488

5,619,008

1,531,475

15,615,971

55,239

15,671,210

Average balances for 2010:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
$
3,368,337

$
5,818,717

$
681,938

$
9,868,992

$
8,367,007

$
18,235,999

Loans, including held for sale
3,261,833

5,635,142

671,163

9,568,138

489,024

10,057,162

Goodwill and other intangible assets
77,515

59,816

746

138,077


138,077

Deposits
8,290,834

4,655,801

1,328,349

14,274,984

87,985

14,362,969


The above segment balances include only those items directly associated with the segment. The “Other/Elimination” column includes unallocated bank balances not associated with a segment (such as investment securities and federal funds sold), balances relating to certain other administrative and corporate functions, and eliminations between segment and non-segment balances. This column also includes the resulting effect of allocating such items as float, deposit reserve and capital for the purpose of computing the cost or credit for funds used/provided.

The Company’s reportable segments are strategic lines of business that offer different products and services. They are managed separately because each line services a specific customer need, requiring different performance measurement analyses and marketing strategies. The performance measurement of the segments is based on the management structure of the Company and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other financial institution. The information is also not necessarily indicative of the segments’ financial condition and results of operations if they were independent entities.

13. Common Stock
On December 19, 2011, the Company distributed a 5% stock dividend on its $5 par common stock for the eighteenth consecutive year. All per share data in this report has been restated to reflect the stock dividend.

Basic income per share is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted income per share gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares that were outstanding during the year. Presented below is a summary of the components used to calculate basic and diluted income per share, which have been restated for all stock dividends.























91

Table of Contents

The Company applies the two-class method of computing income per share. Under current guidance, nonvested share-based awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends are considered securities which participate in undistributed earnings with common stock. The two-class method requires the calculation of separate income per share amounts for the nonvested share-based awards and for common stock. Income per share attributable to common stock is shown in the table below. Nonvested share-based awards are further discussed in Note 10 on Stock-Based Compensation.
(In thousands, except per share data)
2011
2010
2009
Basic income per common share:
 
 
 
Net income attributable to Commerce Bancshares, Inc.
$
256,343

$
221,710

$
169,075

Less income allocated to nonvested restricted stockholders
1,846

1,208

741

Net income available to common stockholders
$
254,497

$
220,502

$
168,334

Distributed income
$
78,556

$
77,796

$
74,384

Undistributed income
$
175,941

$
142,706

$
93,950

Weighted average common shares outstanding
89,874

91,326

89,478

Distributed income per share
$
.87

$
.85

$
.83

Undistributed income per share
1.96

1.56

1.05

Basic income per common share
$
2.83

$
2.41

$
1.88

Diluted income per common share:
 
 
 
Net income attributable to Commerce Bancshares, Inc.
$
256,343

$
221,710

$
169,075

Less income allocated to nonvested restricted stockholders
1,842

1,204

740

Net income available to common stockholders
$
254,501

$
220,506

$
168,335

Distributed income
$
78,556

$
77,796

$
74,384

Undistributed income
$
175,945

$
142,710

$
93,951

Weighted average common shares outstanding
89,874

91,326

89,478

Net effect of the assumed exercise of stock-based awards -- based on the treasury stock method using the average market price for the respective periods
328

425

351

Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding
90,202

91,751

89,829

Distributed income per share
$
.87

$
.85

$
.83

Undistributed income per share
1.95

1.55

1.04

Diluted income per common share
$
2.82

$
2.40

$
1.87


The diluted income per common share computation for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 excludes 1.1 million, 1.8 million and 3.0 million, respectively, in unexercised stock options and stock appreciation rights because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive to income per share.

The table below shows activity in the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock during the past three years. Shares in the table below are presented on an historical basis and have not been restated for the annual 5% stock dividends.
 
Years Ended December 31
(In thousands)
2011
2010
2009
Shares outstanding at January 1
86,624

83,008

75,791

Issuance of stock:
 
 
 
Awards and sales under employee and director plans
724

603

394

Stock offering


2,895

5% stock dividend
4,231

4,122

3,949

Purchases of treasury stock
(2,622
)
(1,103
)
(16
)
Other
(5
)
(6
)
(5
)
Shares outstanding at December 31
88,952

86,624

83,008


The Company maintains a treasury stock buyback program authorized by its Board of Directors. At December 31, 2011, 2,999,300 shares were available for purchase under the current Board authorization.


92

Table of Contents

14. Regulatory Capital Requirements
The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and additional discretionary actions by regulators that could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. The regulations require the Company to meet specific capital adequacy guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital classification is also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Tier I capital to total average assets (leverage ratio), and minimum ratios of Tier I and Total capital to risk-weighted assets (as defined). To meet minimum, adequately capitalized regulatory requirements, an institution must maintain a Tier I capital ratio of 4.00%, a Total capital ratio of 8.00% and a leverage ratio of 4.00%. The minimum required ratios for well-capitalized banks (under prompt corrective action provisions) are 6.00% for Tier I capital, 10.00% for Total capital and 5.00% for the leverage ratio.

The following tables show the capital amounts and ratios for the Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank, together with the minimum and well-capitalized capital requirements, at the last two year ends.
 
Actual
 
Minimum Capital Requirement
 
Well-Capitalized Capital Requirement
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
 
Amount
Ratio
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commerce Bancshares, Inc. (consolidated)
$
2,103,401

16.04
%
 
$
1,049,221

8.00
%
 
N.A.

N.A.

Commerce Bank
1,840,952

14.19

 
1,037,636

8.00

 
$
1,297,045

10.00
%
Tier I Capital (to risk-weighted assets):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commerce Bancshares, Inc. (consolidated)
$
1,928,690

14.71
%
 
$
524,610

4.00
%
 
N.A.

N.A.

Commerce Bank
1,678,530

12.94

 
518,818

4.00

 
$
778,227

6.00
%
Tier I Capital (to adjusted quarterly average assets):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Leverage Ratio)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commerce Bancshares, Inc. (consolidated)
$
1,928,690

9.55
%
 
$
807,839

4.00
%
 
N.A.

N.A.

Commerce Bank
1,678,530

8.36

 
802,709

4.00

 
$
1,003,386

5.00
%
December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commerce Bancshares, Inc. (consolidated)
$
2,002,646

15.75
%
 
$
1,017,429

8.00
%
 
N.A.

N.A.

Commerce Bank
1,762,382

14.03

 
1,004,781

8.00

 
$
1,255,977

10.00
%
Tier I Capital (to risk-weighted assets):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commerce Bancshares, Inc. (consolidated)
$
1,828,965

14.38
%
 
$
508,715

4.00
%
 
N.A.

N.A.

Commerce Bank
1,604,873

12.78

 
502,391

4.00

 
$
753,586

6.00
%
Tier I Capital (to adjusted quarterly average assets):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Leverage Ratio)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commerce Bancshares, Inc. (consolidated)
$
1,828,965

10.17
%
 
$
719,411

4.00
%
 
N.A.

N.A.

Commerce Bank
1,604,873

9.00

 
713,230

4.00

 
$
891,538

5.00
%

At December 31, 2011, the Company met all capital requirements to which it is subject, and the Bank’s capital position exceeded the regulatory definition of well-capitalized.









93

Table of Contents

15. Fair Value Measurements
The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Various financial instruments such as available for sale and trading securities, certain non-marketable securities relating to private equity activities, and derivatives are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, the Company may be required to record at fair value other assets and liabilities on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held for sale, mortgage servicing rights and certain other investment securities. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve lower of cost or fair value accounting, or write-downs of individual assets.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Depending on the nature of the asset or liability, the Company uses various valuation techniques and assumptions when estimating fair value. For accounting disclosure purposes, a three-level valuation hierarchy of fair value measurements has been established. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:
Level 1 – inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2 – inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly (such as interest rates, yield curves, and prepayment speeds).
Level 3 – inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value. These may be internally developed, using the Company’s best information and assumptions that a market participant would consider.
When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded or disclosed at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. When possible, the Company looks to active and observable markets to price identical assets or liabilities. When identical assets and liabilities are not traded in active markets, the Company looks to observable market data for similar assets and liabilities. Nevertheless, certain assets and liabilities are not actively traded in observable markets and the Company must use alternative valuation techniques to derive an estimated fair value measurement.

Valuation methods for instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis
Following is a description of the Company’s valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

Available for sale investment securities
For available for sale securities, changes in fair value, including that portion of other-than-temporary impairment unrelated to credit loss, are recorded in other comprehensive income. As mentioned in Note 3 on Investment Securities, the Company records the credit-related portion of other-than-temporary impairment in current earnings. This portfolio comprises the majority of the assets which the Company records at fair value. Most of the portfolio, which includes government-sponsored enterprise, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, are priced utilizing industry-standard models that consider various assumptions, including time value, yield curves, volatility factors, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity, current market and contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments, as well as other relevant economic measures. Substantially all of these assumptions are observable in the marketplace, can be derived from observable data, or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace. These measurements are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. Where quoted prices are available in an active market, the measurements are classified as Level 1. Most of the Level 1 measurements apply to common stock and U.S. Treasury obligations.
Valuation methods and inputs, by class of security:
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
U.S. treasury bills, bonds and notes, including inflation-protected securities, are valued using live data from active market makers and inter-dealer brokers. Valuations for stripped coupon and principal issues are derived from yield curves generated from various dealer contacts and live data sources.
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations are evaluated using cash flow valuation models. Inputs used are live market data, cash settlements, Treasury market yields, and floating rate indices such as LIBOR, CMT, and Prime.




94

Table of Contents

State and municipal obligations, excluding auction rate securities
A yield curve is generated and applied to bond sectors, and individual bond valuations are extrapolated. Inputs used to generate the yield curve are bellwether issue levels, established trading spreads between similar issuers or credits, historical trading spreads over widely accepted market benchmarks, new issue scales, and verified bid information. Bid information is verified by corroborating the data against external sources such as broker-dealers, trustees/paying agents, issuers, or non-affiliated bondholders.
Mortgage and asset-backed securities
Collateralized mortgage obligations and other asset-backed securities are valued at the tranche level. For each tranche valuation, the process generates predicted cash flows for the tranche, applies a market based (or benchmark) yield/spread for each tranche, and incorporates deal collateral performance and tranche level attributes to determine tranche-specific spreads to adjust the benchmark yield. Tranche cash flows are generated from new deal files and prepayment/default assumptions. Tranche spreads are based on tranche characteristics such as average life, type, volatility, ratings, underlying collateral and performance, and prevailing market conditions. The appropriate tranche spread is applied to the corresponding benchmark, and the resulting value is used to discount the cash flows to generate an evaluated price.

Valuation of agency pass-through securities, typically issued under GNMA, FNMA, FHLMC, and SBA programs, are primarily derived from information from the To Be Announced (TBA) market. This market consists of generic mortgage pools which have not been received for settlement. Snapshots of the TBA market, using live data feeds distributed by multiple electronic platforms, and in conjunction with other indices, are used to compute a price based on discounted cash flow models.
Other debt securities
Other debt securities are valued using active markets and inter-dealer brokers as well as bullet spread scales and option adjusted spreads. The spreads and models use yield curves, terms and conditions of the bonds, and any special features (e.g., call or put options and redemption features).
Equity securities
Equity securities are priced using the market prices for each security from the major stock exchanges or other electronic quotation systems. These are generally classified as Level 1 measurements. Stocks which trade infrequently are classified as Level 2.

At December 31, 2011, the Company held certain auction rate securities in its available for sale portfolio, totaling $135.6 million at fair value. The auction process by which the auction rate securities are normally priced has not functioned since 2008, and the fair value of these securities cannot be based on observable market prices due to the illiquidity in the market. The fair values of the auction rate securities are estimated using a discounted cash flows analysis. Estimated cash flows are based on mandatory interest rates paid under failing auctions and projected over an estimated market recovery period. The cash flows are discounted at an estimated market rate reflecting adjustments for liquidity premium and nonperformance risk. Because many of the inputs significant to the measurement are not observable, these measurements are classified as Level 3 measurements.

Trading securities
The securities in the Company’s trading portfolio are priced by averaging several broker quotes for similar instruments, and are classified as Level 2 measurements.

Private equity investments
These securities are held by the Company’s private equity subsidiaries and are included in non-marketable investment securities in the consolidated balance sheets. Valuation of these nonpublic investments requires significant management judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices. Each quarter, valuations are performed utilizing available market data and other factors. Market data includes published trading multiples for private equity investments of similar size. The multiples are considered in conjunction with current operating performance, future expectations, financing and sales transactions, and other investment-specific issues. The Company applies its valuation methodology consistently from period to period, and believes that its methodology is similar to that used by other market participants. These fair value measurements are classified as Level 3.





95

Table of Contents

Derivatives
The Company’s derivative instruments include interest rate swaps, foreign exchange forward contracts, commitments and sales contracts related to personal mortgage loan origination activity, and certain credit risk guarantee agreements. When appropriate, the impact of credit standing as well as any potential credit enhancements, such as collateral, has been considered in the fair value measurement.
Valuations for interest rate swaps are derived from a proprietary model whose significant inputs are readily observable market parameters, primarily yield curves. The results of the model are constantly validated through comparison to active trading in the marketplace. These fair value measurements are classified as Level 2.
Fair value measurements for foreign exchange contracts are derived from a model whose primary inputs are quotations from global market makers, and are classified as Level 2.
The fair values of mortgage loan commitments and forward sales contracts on the associated loans are based on quoted prices for similar loans in the secondary market. However, these prices are adjusted by a factor which considers the likelihood that a commitment will ultimately result in a closed loan. This estimate is based on the Company’s historical data and its judgment about future economic trends. Based on the unobservable nature of this adjustment, these measurements are classified as Level 3.
The Company’s contracts related to credit risk guarantees are valued under a proprietary model which uses significant unobservable inputs and assumptions about the creditworthiness of the counterparty to the guaranteed interest rate swap contract. Consequently, these measurements are classified as Level 3.

Assets held in trust
Assets held in an outside trust for the Company’s deferred compensation plan consist of investments in mutual funds. The fair value measurements are based on quoted prices in active markets and classified as Level 1. The Company has recorded an asset representing the total investment amount. The Company has also recorded a corresponding nonfinancial liability, representing the Company’s liability to the plan participants.

































96

Table of Contents

The table below presents the carrying values of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2011 and 2010. There were no transfers among levels during these years.
 
 
Fair Value Measurements Using
(In thousands)
Total Fair Value
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Significant Unobservable Inputs
 (Level 3)
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Available for sale securities:
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
$
364,665

$
357,155

$
7,510

$

Government-sponsored enterprise obligations
315,698


315,698


State and municipal obligations
1,245,284


1,109,663

135,621

Agency mortgage-backed securities
4,106,059


4,106,059


Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
316,902


316,902


Asset-backed securities
2,693,143


2,693,143


Other debt securities
141,260


141,260


Equity securities
41,691

27,808

13,883


Trading securities
17,853


17,853


Private equity investments
66,978



66,978

Derivatives *
21,537


21,502

35

Assets held in trust
4,506

4,506



Total assets
9,335,576

389,469

8,743,473

202,634

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Derivatives *
22,722


22,564

158

Total liabilities
$
22,722

$

$
22,564

$
158

December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Available for sale securities:
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and federal agency obligations
$
455,537

$
448,087

$
7,450

$

Government-sponsored enterprise obligations
201,895


201,895


State and municipal obligations
1,119,485


969,396

150,089

Agency mortgage-backed securities
2,491,199


2,491,199


Non-agency mortgage-backed securities
455,790


455,790


Asset-backed securities
2,354,260


2,354,260


Other debt securities
176,964


176,964


Equity securities
39,173

22,900

16,273


Trading securities
11,710


11,710


Private equity investments
53,860



53,860

Derivatives *
18,823


18,288

535

Assets held in trust
4,213

4,213



Total assets
7,382,909

475,200

6,703,225

204,484

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Derivatives *
19,584


19,401

183

Total liabilities
$
19,584

$

$
19,401

$
183

*
The fair value of each class of derivative is shown in Note 17.







97

Table of Contents

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized as follows:



Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
(In thousands)
State and Municipal Obligations
Private Equity
Investments
Derivatives
Total
Year ended December 31, 2011:
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1, 2011
$
150,089

$
53,860

$
352

$
204,301

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):
 
 
 
 
Included in earnings

10,784

(203
)
10,581

Included in other comprehensive income
(2,493
)


(2,493
)
Investment securities called
(12,593
)


(12,593
)
Discount accretion
618



618

Purchases of private equity securities

9,905


9,905

Sale / paydown of private equity securities

(7,847
)

(7,847
)
Capitalized interest/dividends

276


276

Purchase of risk participation agreement


79

79

Sale of risk participation agreement


(351
)
(351
)
Balance at December 31, 2011
$
135,621

$
66,978

$
(123
)
$
202,476

Total gains or losses for the annual period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at December 31, 2011
$

$
8,084

$
4

$
8,088

Year ended December 31, 2010:
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1, 2010
$
167,836

$
44,827

$
108

$
212,771

Total gains or losses (realized/unrealized):
 
 
 
 
Included in earnings

(156
)
375

219

Included in other comprehensive income
(9,460
)


(9,460
)
Investment securities called
(9,000
)


(9,000
)
Discount accretion
713



713

Purchases of private equity securities

9,832


9,832

Sale / paydown of private equity securities

(818
)

(818
)
Capitalized interest/dividends

175


175

Sale of risk participation agreement


(131
)
(131
)
Balance at December 31, 2010
$
150,089

$
53,860

$
352

$
204,301

Total gains or losses for the annual period included in earnings attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at December 31, 2010
$

$
(44
)
$
702

$
658


Gains and losses on the Level 3 assets and liabilities in the table above are reported in the following income categories:
(In thousands)
Loan Fees and Sales
Other Non-Interest Income
Investment Securities Gains (Losses), Net
Total
Year ended December 31, 2011:
 
 
 
 
Total gains or losses included in earnings
$
(473
)
$
270

$
10,784

$
10,581

Change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at December 31, 2011
$
9

$
(5
)
$
8,084

$
8,088

Year ended December 31, 2010:
 
 
 
 
Total gains or losses included in earnings
$
274

$
101

$
(156
)
$
219

Change in unrealized gains or losses relating to assets still held at December 31, 2010
$
482

$
220

$
(44
)
$
658






98

Table of Contents

Valuation methods for instruments measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis
Following is a description of the Company’s valuation methodologies used for other financial and nonfinancial instruments measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

Collateral dependent impaired loans
While the overall loan portfolio is not carried at fair value, the Company periodically records nonrecurring adjustments to the carrying value of loans based on fair value measurements for partial charge-offs of the uncollectible portions of those loans. Nonrecurring adjustments also include certain impairment amounts for collateral dependent loans when establishing the allowance for loan losses. Such amounts are generally based on the fair value of the underlying collateral supporting the loan. In determining the value of real estate collateral, the Company relies on external appraisals and assessment of property values by its internal staff. In the case of non-real estate collateral, reliance is placed on a variety of sources, including external estimates of value and judgments based on the experience and expertise of internal specialists. Because many of these inputs are not observable, the measurements are classified as Level 3. Changes in fair value recognized for partial charge-offs of loans and loan impairment reserves on loans held by the Company at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are shown in the table below.

Loans held for sale
Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. The portfolio consists of student loans and residential real estate loans which the Company intends to sell in secondary markets. A portion of the student loan portfolio is under contract to agencies which have been unable to consistently purchase loans under existing contractual terms. These loans have been evaluated using a fair value measurement method based on a discounted cash flows analysis, which is classified as Level 3. The fair value of these loans was $6.7 million at December 31, 2011, net of an impairment reserve of $175 thousand. The measurement of fair value for other student loans is based on the specific prices mandated in the underlying sale contracts, the estimated exit price, and is classified as Level 2. Fair value measurements on mortgage loans held for sale are based on quoted market prices for similar loans in the secondary market and are classified as Level 2.

Private equity investments and restricted stock
These assets are included in non-marketable investment securities in the consolidated balance sheets.  They include investments in private equity concerns held by the Parent company which are carried at cost, reduced by other-than-temporary impairment. These investments are periodically evaluated for impairment based on their estimated fair value as determined by review of available information, most of which is provided as monthly or quarterly internal financial statements, annual audited financial statements, investee tax returns, and in certain situations, through research into and analysis of the assets and investments held by those private equity concerns.   Restricted stock consists of stock issued by the Federal Reserve Bank and FHLB which is held by the bank subsidiary as required for regulatory purposes.  Generally, there are restrictions on the sale and/or liquidation of these investments, and they are carried at cost, reduced by other-than-temporary impairment.  Fair value measurements for these securities are classified as Level 3.

Mortgage servicing rights
The Company initially measures its mortgage servicing rights at fair value, and amortizes them over the period of estimated net servicing income. They are periodically assessed for impairment based on fair value at the reporting date. Mortgage servicing rights do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. Accordingly, the fair value is estimated based on a valuation model which calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The model incorporates assumptions that market participants use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds, market discount rates, cost to service, float earnings rates, and other ancillary income, including late fees. The fair value measurements are classified as Level 3.

Goodwill and core deposit premium
Valuation of goodwill to determine impairment is performed on an annual basis, or more frequently if there is an event or circumstance that would indicate impairment may have occurred. The process involves calculations to determine the fair value of each reporting unit on a stand-alone basis. A combination of formulas using current market multiples, based on recent sales of financial institutions within the Company’s geographic marketplace, is used to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit. That fair value is compared to the carrying amount of the reporting unit, including its recorded goodwill. Impairment is considered to have occurred if the fair value of the reporting unit is lower than the carrying amount of the reporting unit. The fair value of the Company’s common stock relative to its computed book value per share is also considered as part of the overall evaluation. These measurements are classified as Level 3.



99

Table of Contents

Core deposit premiums are recognized at the time a portfolio of deposits is acquired, using valuation techniques which calculate the present value of the estimated net cost savings attributable to the core deposit base, relative to alternative costs of funds and tax benefits, if applicable, over the expected remaining economic life of the depositors. Subsequent evaluations are made when facts or circumstances indicate potential impairment may have occurred. The Company uses estimates of discounted future cash flows, comparisons with alternative sources for deposits, consideration of income potential generated in other product lines by current customers, geographic parameters, and other demographics to estimate a current fair value of a specific deposit base. If the calculated fair value is less than the carrying value, impairment is considered to have occurred. This measurement is classified as Level 3.

Foreclosed assets
Foreclosed assets consist of loan collateral which has been repossessed through foreclosure. This collateral is comprised of commercial and residential real estate and other non-real estate property, including auto, marine and recreational vehicles. Foreclosed assets are recorded as held for sale initially at fair value less estimated selling costs. After their initial recognition, foreclosed assets are valued at the lower of the amount recorded at acquisition date or the current fair value less estimated costs to sell. Fair value measurements may be based upon appraisals, third-party price opinions, or internally developed pricing methods. These measurements are classified as Level 3.

Long-lived assets
In accordance with ASC 360-10-35, investments in branch facilities and various office buildings are written down to estimated fair value, or estimated fair value less cost to sell if the property is held for sale. Fair value is estimated in a process which considers current local commercial real estate market conditions and the judgment of the sales agent on pricing and sales strategy. These fair value measurements are classified as Level 3.

For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during 2011 and 2010, and still held as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the following table provides the adjustments to fair value recognized during the respective periods, the level of valuation assumptions used to determine each adjustment, and the carrying value of the related individual assets or portfolios at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
 
 
Fair Value Measurements Using
 
(In thousands)
Fair Value
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
 (Level 1)
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
Significant Unobservable Inputs
 (Level 3)
Total Gains (Losses)
Balance at December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
$
42,262

$

$

$
42,262

$
(15,336
)
Mortgage servicing rights
744



744

(242
)
Foreclosed assets
2,178



2,178

(1,308
)
Long-lived assets
8,266



8,266

(4,042
)
Balance at December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
$
51,157

$

$

$
51,157

$
(17,134
)
Loans held for sale
5,125

 
 
5,125

(191
)
Private equity investments
960



960

(100
)
Mortgage servicing rights
1,325



1,325

(72
)
Foreclosed assets
8,484



8,484

(4,004
)
Long-lived assets
6,372



6,372

(2,018
)








100

Table of Contents

16. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments held by the Company, in addition to a discussion of the methods used and assumptions made in computing those estimates, are set forth below.

Loans
The fair values of loans are estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. This method of estimating fair value does not incorporate the exit-price concept of fair value prescribed by ASC 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”.

Investment Securities
A detailed description of the fair value measurement of the debt and equity instruments in the available for sale and trading sections of the investment security portfolio is provided in Note 15 on Fair Value Measurements. A schedule of available for sale investment securities by category and maturity is provided in Note 3 on Investment Securities.

Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell, Interest Earning Deposits With Banks and Cash and Due From Banks

The carrying amounts of short-term federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, interest earning deposits with banks, and cash and due from banks approximate fair value. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell classified as short-term generally mature in 90 days or less. The fair value of long-term securities purchased under agreements to resell is estimated by discounting contractual maturities using an estimate of the current market rate for similar instruments.

Accrued Interest Receivable/Payable
The carrying amounts of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable approximate their fair values because of the relatively short time period between the accrual period and the expected receipt or payment due date.

Derivative Instruments
A detailed description of the fair value measurement of derivative instruments is provided in the preceding note on Fair Value Measurements. Fair values are generally estimated using observable market prices or pricing models.

Deposits
The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity is equal to the amount payable on demand. Such deposits include savings and interest and non-interest bearing demand deposits. These fair value estimates do not recognize any benefit the Company receives as a result of being able to administer, or control, the pricing of these accounts. The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of cash flows, taking early withdrawal optionality into account. Discount rates are based on the Company’s approximate cost of obtaining similar maturity funding in the market.

Borrowings
The fair value of short-term borrowings such as federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which generally mature or reprice within 90 days, approximates their carrying value. The fair value of long-term structured repurchase agreements and other long-term debt is estimated by discounting contractual maturities using an estimate of the current market rate for similar instruments.












101

Table of Contents

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:
 
2011
 
2010
(In thousands)
Carrying Amount
Estimated Fair Value
 
Carrying Amount
Estimated Fair Value
Financial Assets
 
 
 
 
 
Loans, including held for sale
$
9,208,554

$
9,319,823

 
$
9,474,733

$
9,482,631

Available for sale investment securities
9,224,702

9,224,702

 
7,294,303

7,294,303

Trading securities
17,853

17,853

 
11,710

11,710

Non-marketable securities
115,832

115,832

 
103,521

103,521

Short-term federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
11,870

11,870

 
10,135

10,135

Long-term securities purchased under agreements to resell
850,000

864,089

 
450,000

454,783

Interest earning deposits with banks
39,853

39,853

 
122,076

122,076

Cash and due from banks
465,828

465,828

 
328,464

328,464

Accrued interest receivable
64,522

64,522

 
62,512

62,512

Derivative instruments
21,537

21,537

 
18,823

18,823

Financial Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Non-interest bearing deposits
$
5,377,549

$
5,377,549

 
$
4,494,028

$
4,494,028

Savings, interest checking and money market deposits
8,933,941

8,933,941

 
7,846,831

7,846,831

Time open and C.D.’s
2,488,393

2,493,727

 
2,744,162

2,761,796

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
1,256,081

1,253,213

 
982,827

987,472

Other borrowings
111,817

126,397

 
112,273

122,514

Accrued interest payable
7,510

7,510

 
12,108

12,108

Derivative instruments
22,722

22,722

 
19,584

19,584


Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
The fair value of letters of credit and commitments to extend credit is based on the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements. The aggregate of these fees is not material. These instruments are also referenced in Note 18 on Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees.

Limitations
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market information. They do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for many of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, risk characteristics and economic conditions. These estimates are subjective, involve uncertainties and cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

17. Derivative Instruments
The notional amounts of the Company’s derivative instruments are shown in the table below. These contractual amounts, along with other terms of the derivative, are used to determine amounts to be exchanged between counterparties and are not a measure of loss exposure. The largest group of notional amounts relate to interest rate swaps, which are discussed in more detail below.
 
    December 31
(In thousands)
2011
 
2010
Interest rate swaps
$
486,207

 
$
498,071

Interest rate caps
29,736

 
31,736

Credit risk participation agreements
41,414

 
40,661

Foreign exchange contracts
80,535

 
25,867

Mortgage loan commitments
1,280

 
12,125

Mortgage loan forward sale contracts
3,650

 
24,112

Total notional amount
$
642,822

 
$
632,572



102

Table of Contents

The Company’s foreign exchange activity involves the purchase and sale of forward foreign exchange contracts, which are commitments to purchase or deliver a specified amount of foreign currency at a specific future date. This activity enables customers involved in international business to hedge their exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. The Company minimizes its related exposure arising from these customer transactions with offsetting contracts for the same currency and time frame. In addition, the Company uses foreign exchange contracts, to a limited extent, for trading purposes, including taking proprietary positions. Risk arises from changes in the currency exchange rate and from the potential for counterparty nonperformance. These risks are controlled by adherence to a foreign exchange trading policy which contains control limits on currency amounts, open positions, maturities and losses, and procedures for approvals, record-keeping, monitoring and reporting. Hedge accounting has not been applied to these foreign exchange activities. The increase in these contracts over 2010 was driven by higher demand from customers as a result of the volatility in the currency markets during 2011.

The Company’s mortgage banking operation makes commitments to extend fixed rate loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties. The Company’s general practice has been to sell such loans in the secondary market, and the related commitments are considered to be derivative instruments. These commitments are recognized on the balance sheet at fair value from their inception through their expiration or funding and have an average term of 60 to 90 days. The Company obtains forward sale contracts with investors in the secondary market in order to manage these risk positions. Most of the contracts are matched to a specific loan on a “best efforts” basis, in which the Company is obligated to deliver the loan only if the loan closes. The sale contracts are also accounted for as derivatives. Hedge accounting has not been applied to these activities. In mid-2011, the Company curtailed the sales of these types of loans and the level of commitments and sales contracts recorded as derivatives declined significantly during the fourth quarter of 2011.

Credit risk participation agreements arise when the Company contracts with other financial institutions, as a guarantor or beneficiary, to share credit risk associated with certain interest rate swaps. The Company’s risks and responsibilities as guarantor are further discussed in Note 18 on Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees.    

The Company’s interest rate risk management strategy includes the ability to modify the repricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates do not adversely affect the net interest margin and cash flows. Interest rate swaps are used on a limited basis as part of this strategy. At December 31, 2011, the Company had entered into three interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $14.5 million, which are designated as fair value hedges of certain fixed rate loans. Gains and losses on these derivative instruments, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged loans attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized in current earnings. These gains and losses are reported in interest and fees on loans in the accompanying statements of income. The table below shows gains and losses related to fair value hedges.


 
 
For the Years
Ended December 31
(In thousands)
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps
 
 
$
106

 
$
(305
)
 
$
573

Gain (loss) on loans
 
 
(95
)
 
291

 
(571
)
Amount of hedge ineffectiveness
 
 
$
11

 
$
(14
)
 
$
2


The Company’s other derivative instruments are accounted for as free-standing derivatives, and changes in their fair value are recorded in current earnings. These instruments include interest rate swap contracts sold to customers who wish to modify their interest rate sensitivity. These swaps are offset by matching contracts purchased by the Company from other financial institutions. Because of the matching terms of the offsetting contracts, in addition to collateral provisions which mitigate the impact of non-performance risk, changes in fair value subsequent to initial recognition have a minimal effect on earnings. The notional amount of these types of swaps at December 31, 2011 was $471.7 million. The Company is party to master netting arrangements with its institutional counterparties; however, the Company does not offset assets and liabilities under these arrangements. Collateral, usually in the form of marketable securities, is posted by the counterparty with liability positions, in accordance with contract thresholds. At December 31, 2011, the Company had net liability positions with its financial institution counterparties totaling $19.1 million and had posted $17.4 million in collateral.

Many of the Company’s interest rate swap arrangements with large financial institutions contain contingent features relating to debt ratings or capitalization levels. Under these provisions, if the Company’s debt rating falls below investment grade or if the Company ceases to be “well-capitalized” under risk-based capital guidelines, certain counterparties can require immediate and ongoing collateralization on interest rate swaps in net liability positions, or can require instant settlement of the contracts. The Company maintains debt ratings and capital well above these minimum requirements.



103

Table of Contents

The banking customer counterparties are engaged in a variety of businesses, including real estate, building materials, communications, consumer products, education, and manufacturing. At December 31, 2011, the largest loss exposures were in the groups related to real estate, education and manufacturing. If the counterparties in these groups failed to perform, and if the underlying collateral proved to be of no value, the Company would incur a losses of $4.0 million (real estate and building materials), $3.7 million (education) and $3.0 million (manufacturing), based on estimated amounts at December 31, 2011.

The fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments are shown in the table below. Information about the valuation methods used to measure fair value is provided in Note 15 on Fair Value Measurements.
 
Asset Derivatives
 
Liability Derivatives
 
 
December 31
 
 
December 31
 
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
2011
 
2010
(In thousands)    
Balance Sheet Location
Fair Value
 
Balance Sheet Location
Fair Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
Other assets
$

 
$

 
Other liabilities
$
(1,053
)
 
$
(1,159
)
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments
 
$

 
$

 
 
$
(1,053
)
 
$
(1,159
)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
Other assets
$
19,051

 
$
17,712

 
Other liabilities
$
(19,157
)
 
$
(17,799
)
Interest rate caps
Other assets
11

 
84

 
Other liabilities
(11
)
 
(84
)
Credit risk participation agreements
Other assets
9

 

 
Other liabilities
(141
)
 
(130
)
Foreign exchange contracts
Other assets
2,440

 
492

 
Other liabilities
(2,343
)
 
(359
)
Mortgage loan commitments
Other assets
20

 
101

 
Other liabilities

 
(30
)
Mortgage loan forward sale contracts
Other assets
6

 
434

 
Other liabilities
(17
)
 
(23
)
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
$
21,537

 
$
18,823

 
 
$
(21,669
)
 
$
(18,425
)
Total derivatives
 
$
21,537

 
$
18,823

 
 
$
(22,722
)
 
$
(19,584
)

The effects of derivative instruments on the consolidated statements of income are shown in the table below.



Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative
Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative


 
For the Years
Ended December 31
(In thousands)
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
Derivatives in fair value hedging relationships:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
Interest and fees on loans
$
106

 
$
(305
)
 
$
573

Total
 
$
106

 
$
(305
)
 
$
573

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
Other non-interest income
$
797

 
$
1,202

 
$
360

Interest rate caps
Other non-interest income

 
32

 
11

Credit risk participation agreements
Other non-interest income
270

 
101

 
16

Foreign exchange contracts
Other non-interest income
(36
)
 
12

 
130

Mortgage loan commitments
Loan fees and sales
(51
)
 
43

 
(164
)
Mortgage loan forward sale contracts
Loan fees and sales
(422
)
 
231

 
247

Total
 
$
558

 
$
1,621

 
$
600






104

Table of Contents

18. Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees
The Company leases certain premises and equipment, all of which were classified as operating leases. The rent expense under such arrangements amounted to $6.1 million, $6.2 million and $6.3 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. A summary of minimum lease commitments follows:
(In thousands)
Type of Property
 
Year Ended December 31
Real Property
Equipment
Total
2012
$
5,124

$
222

$
5,346

2013
4,700

96

4,796

2014
3,884

24

3,908

2015
2,942

22

2,964

2016
2,349

22

2,371

After
17,976

2

17,978

Total minimum lease payments
 
 
$
37,363


All leases expire prior to 2055. It is expected that in the normal course of business, leases that expire will be renewed or replaced by leases on other properties; thus, the future minimum lease commitments are not expected to be less than the amounts shown for 2012.

The Company engages in various transactions and commitments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet customer financing needs. The Company uses the same credit policies in making the commitments and conditional obligations described below as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The following table summarizes these commitments at December 31:
(In thousands)
2011
2010
Commitments to extend credit:
 
 
Credit card
$
3,497,036

$
3,395,261

Other
4,070,434

3,977,542

Standby letters of credit, net of participations
377,103

338,724

Commercial letters of credit
13,626

14,258


Commitments to extend credit are legally binding agreements to lend to a borrower providing there are no violations of any conditions established in the contract. As many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Refer to Note 2 on Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses for further discussion.

Commercial letters of credit act as a means of ensuring payment to a seller upon shipment of goods to a buyer. The majority of commercial letters of credit issued are used to settle payments in international trade. Typically, letters of credit require presentation of documents which describe the commercial transaction, evidence shipment, and transfer title.

The Company, as a provider of financial services, routinely issues financial guarantees in the form of financial and performance standby letters of credit. Standby letters of credit are contingent commitments issued by the Company generally to guarantee the payment or performance obligation of a customer to a third party. While these represent a potential outlay by the Company, a significant amount of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon. The Company has recourse against the customer for any amount it is required to pay to a third party under a standby letter of credit. The letters of credit are subject to the same credit policies, underwriting standards and approval process as loans made by the Company. Most of the standby letters of credit are secured, and in the event of nonperformance by the customer, the Company has rights to the underlying collateral, which could include commercial real estate, physical plant and property, inventory, receivables, cash and marketable securities.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had recorded a liability in the amount of $5.8 million, representing the carrying value of the guarantee obligations associated with the standby letters of credit. This amount will be amortized into income over the life of the commitment. Commitments outstanding under these letters of credit, which represent the maximum potential future payments guaranteed by the Company, were $377.1 million at December 31, 2011.

The Company regularly purchases various state tax credits arising from third-party property redevelopment. While most of the tax credits are resold to third parties, some are periodically retained for use by the Company. During 2011, purchases and

105

Table of Contents

sales of tax credits amounted to $46.0 million and $41.5 million, respectively. At December 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding purchase commitments totaling $108.4 million. The commitments are expected to be funded in 2012 through 2015.

The Company periodically enters into risk participation agreements (RPAs) as a guarantor to other financial institutions, in order to mitigate those institutions’ credit risk associated with interest rate swaps with third parties. The RPA stipulates that, in the event of default by the third party on the interest rate swap, the Company will reimburse a portion of the loss borne by the financial institution. These interest rate swaps are normally collateralized (generally with real property, inventories and equipment) by the third party, which limits the credit risk associated with the Company’s RPAs. The third parties usually have other borrowing relationships with the Company. The Company monitors overall borrower collateral, and at December 31, 2011, believes sufficient collateral is available to cover potential swap losses. The RPAs are carried at fair value throughout their term, with all changes in fair value, including those due to a change in the third party’s creditworthiness, recorded in current earnings. The terms of the RPAs, which correspond to the terms of the underlying swaps, range from 5 to 10 years. At December 31, 2011, the liability recorded for guarantor RPAs was $141 thousand, and the notional amount of the underlying swaps was $38.5 million. The maximum potential future payment guaranteed by the Company cannot be readily estimated, but is dependent upon the fair value of the interest rate swaps at the time of default. If an event of default on all contracts had occurred at December 31, 2011, the Company would have been required to make payments of approximately $3.7 million.

During the past several years, the Company has carried a liability representing its obligation to share certain estimated litigation costs of Visa, Inc. (Visa). An escrow account has been established by Visa and is being used to fund actual litigation settlements as they occur. The escrow account was funded initially with proceeds from an initial public offering in 2008 and subsequently with contributions by Visa. The Company’s indemnification obligation has been periodically adjusted to reflect changes in estimates of litigation costs, and has been reduced as funding occurs in the escrow account. As a result of additional funding in 2011, the liability has been reduced to zero, as the Company believes that its proportional share of escrow funding to date has more than offset its liability related to the Visa litigation.

In December 2011, the Bank reached a class-wide settlement in a class action lawsuit captioned Wolfgeher v. Commerce Bank, Case No. 1:10-cv-22017 (MDL 2036) which alleged that the Bank had improperly charged overdraft fees on certain debit card transactions and claimed refunds for the plaintiff individually and on behalf of other customers as a class. The settlement, subject to documentation and court approval, provides for a payment of $18.3 million into a class settlement fund, the proceeds of which will be used to issue refunds to class members and to pay attorneys' fees, administrative and other costs, in exchange for a complete release of all claims asserted against the Bank. The Wolfgeher law suit was originally filed on April 6, 2010 in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Missouri, and was transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida as part of the multi-district litigation referred to as In re Checking Account Overdraft Litigation. The Bank, while admitting no wrongdoing, agreed to the settlement in order to resolve the litigation and avoid further expense. A second suit alleging the same facts and also seeking class-action status was filed on June 4, 2010 in Missouri state court. The second suit continues to be stayed in deference to the earlier filed suit, and it is expected that resolution of the Wolfgeher suit will also dispose of the Missouri state court suit.

The Company has various other lawsuits pending at December 31, 2011, arising in the normal course of business. While some matters pending against the Company specify damages claimed by plaintiffs, others do not seek a specified amount of damages or are at very early stages of the legal process. The Company records a loss accrual for all legal matters for which it deems a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. In the opinion of management, after consultation with legal counsel, none of these suits will have a significant effect on the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the range of possible additional loss in excess of amounts accrued is not material.











106

Table of Contents

19. Related Parties
The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, its Vice Chairman, and its Chief Administrative Officer are directors of Tower Properties Company (Tower) and, together with members of their immediate families, beneficially own approximately 74% of the outstanding stock of Tower. At December 31, 2011, Tower owned 201,962 shares of Company stock. Tower is primarily engaged in the business of owning, developing, leasing and managing real property.

Payments from the Company and its affiliates to Tower are summarized below. The Company leases several surface parking lots owned by Tower for employee use. Other payments, with the exception of dividend payments, relate to property management services, including construction oversight, on four Company-owned office buildings and related parking garages in downtown Kansas City.
(In thousands)
2011
2010
2009
Rent on leased parking lots
$
353

$
353

$
353

Leasing agent fees
57

3

14

Operation of parking garages
83

107

115

Building management fees
1,615

1,769

1,704

Property construction management fees
118

24

61

Dividends paid on Company stock held by Tower
177

172

167

Total
$
2,403

$
2,428

$
2,414


Tower has a $13.5 million line of credit with the Bank which is subject to normal credit terms and has a variable interest rate. During 2011, Tower borrowed and repaid $4.5 million under this line, and paid $22 thousand in interest. No loans were outstanding during 2010 and 2009 under this line of credit. Letters of credit may be collateralized under this line of credit; however, there were no letters of credit outstanding during 2011, 2010, or 2009, and thus, no fees were received during these periods. From time to time, the Bank extends additional credit to Tower for construction and development projects. No construction loans were outstanding during 2011, 2010 and 2009.

Tower leases office space in the Kansas City bank headquarters building, owned by the Company. Rent paid to the Company totaled $75 thousand in 2011, $69 thousand in 2010 and $45 thousand in 2009, at $15.67, $15.50 and $15.25 per square foot, respectively.

Directors of the Company and their beneficial interests have deposit accounts with the Bank and may be provided with cash management and other banking services, including loans, in the ordinary course of business. Such loans were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other unrelated persons, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability.

As discussed in Note 18 on Commitments, Contingencies, and Guarantees, the Company regularly purchases various state tax credits arising from third-party property redevelopment and resells the credits to third parties.  During 2011, the Company sold state tax credits to the Company's Chief Executive Officer and his father, a former Chief Executive Officer of the Company, for the price of $1.0 million and $920 thousand, respectively, for their personal tax planning.  The amounts paid were the same as paid for similar tax credits by persons not related to the Company.

In December 2008 and at various times during 2009, the Company purchased, through market transactions, corporate bonds issued by Enterprise Rent-A-Car Company, whose Chairman and CEO is a director of the Company. The bonds, totaling $12.9 million at book value, were sold in the public market during December 2009.


107

Table of Contents

20. Parent Company Condensed Financial Statements
Following are the condensed financial statements of Commerce Bancshares, Inc. (Parent only) for the periods indicated:
Condensed Balance Sheets
 
 
 
December 31
(In thousands)
2011
2010
Assets
 
 
Investment in consolidated subsidiaries:
 
 
Banks
$
1,923,498

$
1,797,853

Non-banks
54,477

45,143

Cash
61

55

Securities purchased under agreements to resell
118,075

77,700

Investment securities:
 
 
Available for sale
74,635

101,534

Non-marketable
2,677

3,664

Advances to subsidiaries, net of borrowings
9,640

11,298

Income tax benefits
2,593


Other assets
12,381

11,966

Total assets
$
2,198,037

$
2,049,213

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
 
Indemnification obligation
$

$
4,432

Pension obligation
12,958

5,033

Income taxes payable

2,456

Other liabilities
19,032

15,305

Total liabilities
31,990

27,226

Stockholders’ equity
2,166,047

2,021,987

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
2,198,037

$
2,049,213


Condensed Statements of Income
 
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31
(In thousands)
2011
2010
2009
Income
 
 
 
Dividends received from consolidated subsidiaries:
 
 
 
Banks
$
180,001

$
105,000

$
45,001

Non-banks
115

105

129

Earnings of consolidated subsidiaries, net of dividends
74,260

110,809

128,536

Interest and dividends on investment securities
7,997

12,842

1,406

Management fees charged subsidiaries
19,318

22,621

46,613

Investment securities gains (losses)

(56
)
1,804

Other
1,560

2,092

2,538

Total income
283,251

253,413

226,027

Expense
 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
21,572

21,293

39,528

Professional fees
1,826

2,322

3,080

Data processing fees paid to affiliates
3,351

3,180

11,337

Indemnification obligation
(4,432
)
(4,405
)
(2,495
)
Other
5,975

7,451

10,941

Total expense
28,292

29,841

62,391

Income tax expense (benefit)
(1,384
)
1,862

(5,439
)
Net income
$
256,343

$
221,710

$
169,075


108

Table of Contents

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
 
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31
(In thousands)
2011
2010
2009
Operating Activities
 
 
 
Net income
$
256,343

$
221,710

$
169,075

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
Earnings of consolidated subsidiaries, net of dividends
(74,260
)
(110,809
)
(128,536
)
Other adjustments, net
(1,144
)
(4,787
)
(1,093
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
180,939

106,114

39,446

Investing Activities
 
 
 
(Increase) decrease in securities purchased under agreements to resell
(40,375
)
(30,175
)
18,900

Decrease in investment in subsidiaries, net
116
101

353

Proceeds from sales of investment securities

185

11,812

Proceeds from maturities/pay downs of investment securities
22,233

26,487

105,944

Purchases of investment securities

(110
)
(195,935
)
(Increase) decrease in advances to subsidiaries, net
1,658

2,499

(9,080
)
Net (purchases) sales of equipment
(685
)
1,629

(409
)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
(17,053
)
616

(68,415
)
Financing Activities
 
 
 
Purchases of treasury stock
(101,154
)
(40,984
)
(528
)
Issuance under open market stock sale program, stock purchase and equity compensation plans
15,349

11,310

103,641

Net tax benefit related to equity compensation plans
1,065

1,178

557

Cash dividends paid on common stock
(79,140
)
(78,231
)
(74,720
)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
(163,880
)
(106,727
)
28,950

Increase (decrease) in cash
6

3

(19
)
Cash at beginning of year
55

52

71

Cash at end of year
$
61

$
55

$
52

Income tax payments (receipts), net
$
(2,700
)
$
2,000

$
(4,900
)

Dividends paid by the Parent to its shareholders were substantially provided from Bank dividends. The Bank may distribute dividends without prior regulatory approval that do not exceed the sum of net income for the current year and retained net income for the preceding two years, subject to maintenance of minimum capital requirements. The Parent charges fees to its subsidiaries for management services provided, which are allocated to the subsidiaries based primarily on total average assets. The Parent makes advances to non-banking subsidiaries and its subsidiary bank holding company. Advances are made to the Parent by its subsidiary bank holding company for investment in temporary liquid securities. Interest on such advances is based on market rates.

For the past several years, the Parent has maintained a $20.0 million line of credit for general corporate purposes with the Bank. The line of credit is secured by marketable investment securities. The Parent has not borrowed under this line during the past three years.

In January 2010, several administrative functions formerly reported by the Parent were transferred to the Bank in order to present a more accurate organizational structure within the Company. Certain employee payrolls and fixed assets were transferred, and various expense allocations relating to these functions, formerly reported by the Parent, were lower in 2010 and 2011.

The Parent carries the Visa indemnification obligation, discussed in Note 18, which has been adjusted periodically over the past few years as covered suits are settled or additional funding is made to Visa’s litigation escrow account. The indemnification obligation was reduced to zero during the past year, resulting from several additional contributions by Visa to its escrow account during 2011.



109

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2011, the fair value of available for sale investment securities held by the Parent consisted of investments of $26.7 million in marketable common stock and $47.9 million in non-agency mortgage-backed securities. The Parent’s unrealized net gain in fair value on its investments was $25.4 million at December 31, 2011. The corresponding net of tax unrealized gain included in stockholders’ equity was $15.8 million. Also included in stockholders’ equity was an unrealized net of tax gain in fair value of investment securities held by subsidiaries, which amounted to $116.0 million at December 31, 2011.

The Parent plans to fund an additional $13.5 million relating to private equity investments over the next several years. The investments are made directly by the Parent and through non-bank subsidiaries.

Item 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
There were no changes in or disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.

Item 9a.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which follows.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 No change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting occurred that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, such controls during the last quarter of the period covered by this report.


110

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Commerce Bancshares, Inc.:

We have audited Commerce Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control ‑ Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Commerce Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated February 22, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.


Kansas City, Missouri
February 22, 2012



111

Table of Contents

Item 9b.
OTHER INFORMATION
None

PART III

Item 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by Items 401, 405 and 407(c)(3), (d)(4) and (d)(5) of Regulation S-K regarding executive officers is included at the end of Part I of this Form 10-K under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” and under the captions “Election of the 2015 Class of Directors”, “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”, “Audit Committee Report”, “Committees of the Board - Audit Committee and Committee on Governance/Directors” in the definitive proxy statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

The Company’s financial officer code of ethics for the chief executive officer and senior financial officers of the Company, including the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, is available at www.commercebank.com. Amendments to, and waivers of, the code of ethics are posted on this Web site.

Item 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by Items 402 and 407(e)(4) and (e)(5) of Regulation S-K regarding executive compensation is included under the captions “Executive Compensation”, “Compensation and Human Resources Committee Report”, and “Compensation and Human Resources Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the definitive proxy statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by Items 201(d) and 403 of Regulation S-K is covered under the captions “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the definitive proxy statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by Items 404 and 407(a) of Regulation S-K is covered under the captions “Election of the 2015 Class of Directors” and “Corporate Governance” in the definitive proxy statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by Item 9(c) of Schedule 14A is included under the captions “Pre-approval of Services by the External Auditor” and “Fees Paid to KPMG LLP” in the definitive proxy statement, which is incorporated herein by reference.


112

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15.
EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 
(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this report:
 
 
 
 
Page
 
 
(1)
Financial Statements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary of Quarterly Statements of Income
56
 
 
(2)
Financial Statement Schedules:
 
 
 
 
All schedules are omitted as such information is inapplicable or is included in the financial statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) The exhibits filed as part of this report and exhibits incorporated herein by reference to other documents are listed in the Index to Exhibits (pages E-1 through E-2).



113

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized this 22nd day of February 2012.

 
COMMERCE BANCSHARES, INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ JAMES L. SWARTS
 
 
James L. Swarts
 
 
Vice President and Secretary
        
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 22nd day of February 2012.

 
By:
/s/ CHARLES G. KIM
 
 
Charles G. Kim
 
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ JEFFERY D. ABERDEEN
 
 
Jeffery D. Aberdeen
 
 
Controller
 
 
(Chief Accounting Officer)
David W. Kemper
 
(Chief Executive Officer)
 
John R. Capps
 
Earl H. Devanny, III
 
W. Thomas Grant, II
 
James B. Hebenstreit
 
Jonathan M. Kemper
A majority of the Board of Directors*
Terry O. Meek
 
Benjamin F. Rassieur, III
 
Todd R. Schnuck
 
Dan C. Simons
 
Andrew C. Taylor
 
Kimberly G. Walker
 
____________
*
David W. Kemper, Director and Chief Executive Officer, and the other Directors of Registrant listed, executed a power of attorney authorizing James L. Swarts, their attorney-in-fact, to sign this report on their behalf.

 
By:
/s/ JAMES L. SWARTS
 
 
James L. Swarts
 
 
Attorney-in-Fact

114

Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

3 —Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws:
 
 
 
(a) Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended, were filed in quarterly report on Form 10-Q dated August 10, 1999, and the same are hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
(b)(1) Restated By-Laws, as amended, were filed in current report on Form 8-K dated February 3, 2011, and the same are hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
(b)(2) An amendment to the Restated By-Laws was filed in current report on Form 8-K dated February 16, 2012, and the same is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
4 — Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures:
 
 
 
(a) Pursuant to paragraph (b)(4)(iii) of Item 601 Regulation S-K, Registrant will furnish to the Commission upon request copies of long-term debt instruments.
 
 
10 — Material Contracts (Each of the following is a management contract or compensatory plan arrangement):
 
 
 
(a) Commerce Bancshares, Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan amended and restated as of January 1, 2009 was filed in quarterly report on Form 10-Q dated August 7, 2009, and the same is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
(b)(1) Commerce Bancshares, Inc. 1987 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan amended and restated as of July 24, 2009 was filed in quarterly report on Form 10-Q dated August 7, 2009, and the same is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
(b)(2) An amendment to the Commerce Bancshares, Inc. 1987 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan was filed in current report on Form 8-K dated February 16, 2012, and the same is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
(c) Commerce Bancshares, Inc. Stock Purchase Plan for Non-Employee Directors amended and restated as of October 4, 1996 was filed in quarterly report on Form 10-Q dated November 8, 1996, and the same is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
(d)(1) Commerce Bancshares, Inc. 1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan amended and restated as of April 2001 was filed in quarterly report on Form 10-Q dated May 8, 2001, and the same is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
(d)(2) An amendment to the Commerce Bancshares, Inc. 1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan was filed in current report on Form 8-K dated February 16, 2012, and the same is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
(e) Commerce Executive Retirement Plan amended and restated as of January 28, 2011 was filed in annual report on Form 10-K dated February 25, 2011, and the same is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
(f) Commerce Bancshares, Inc. Restricted Stock Plan amended and restated as of July 24, 2009 was filed in quarterly report on Form 10-Q dated August 7, 2009, and the same is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
(g) Form of Severance Agreement between Commerce Bancshares, Inc. and certain of its executive officers entered into as of October 4, 1996 was filed in quarterly report on Form 10-Q dated November 8, 1996, and the same is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
(h) Trust Agreement for the Commerce Bancshares, Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan amended and restated as of January 1, 2001 was filed in quarterly report on Form 10-Q dated May 8, 2001, and the same is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
(i) Commerce Bancshares, Inc. 2012 Compensatory Arrangement with CEO and Named Executive Officers was filed in current report on Form 8-K dated February 16, 2012, and the same is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
(j)(1) Commerce Bancshares, Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan amended and restated as of July 24, 2009 was filed in quarterly report on Form 10-Q dated August 7, 2009, and the same is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
(j)(2) An amendment to the Commerce Bancshares, Inc. 2005 Equity Incentive Plan was filed in current report on Form 8-K dated February 16, 2012 and the same is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
(k) Commerce Bancshares, Inc. Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Option Agreement was filed in quarterly report on Form 10-Q dated August 5, 2005, and the same is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
(l) Commerce Bancshares, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement, pursuant to the Restricted Stock Plan, was filed in quarterly report on Form 10-Q dated August 5, 2005, and the same is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 

E-1

Table of Contents

 
(m) Commerce Bancshares, Inc. Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement and Commerce Bancshares, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement, pursuant to the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, were filed in current report on Form 8-K dated February 23, 2006, and the same are hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
21 — Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 
23 — Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
24 — Power of Attorney
 
31.1 — Certification of CEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
31.2 — Certification of CFO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
32 — Certifications of CEO and CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
101 — Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text and in detail*
 
*As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.







E-2